<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
		xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"

	
	>

<channel>
	<title>Camera Dojo &#187; exposure</title>
	<atom:link href="http://cameradojo.com/tag/exposure/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://cameradojo.com</link>
	<description>CameraDojo brings you interviews with top photographers and industry leaders as well as tutorials and the latest in photography news.</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2012 05:06:58 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.3.1</generator>
<xhtml:meta xmlns:xhtml="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" name="robots" content="noindex" />
	<copyright>Copyright © Camera Dojo 2011 </copyright>
	<managingEditor>kgarrison@gmail.com (Camera Dojo)</managingEditor>
	<webMaster>kgarrison@gmail.com (Camera Dojo)</webMaster>
	<ttl>1440</ttl>
	<image>
		<url>http://cameradojo.com/images/DojoPodcast_144.png</url>
		<title>Camera Dojo</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com</link>
		<width>144</width>
		<height>144</height>
	</image>
	<itunes:subtitle></itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>CameraDojo brings you interviews with top photographers and industry leaders as well as tutorials and the latest in photography news.</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
	<itunes:category text="Society &#38; Culture" />
	<itunes:author>Camera Dojo</itunes:author>
	<itunes:owner>
		<itunes:name>Camera Dojo</itunes:name>
		<itunes:email>kgarrison@gmail.com</itunes:email>
	</itunes:owner>
	<itunes:block>no</itunes:block>
	<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
	<itunes:image href="http://cameradojo.com/images/DojoPodcast_144.png" />
		<item>
		<title>Photo Project 24 2011 &#8211; A Look Back</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/11/06/photo-project-24-2011-a-look-back/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/11/06/photo-project-24-2011-a-look-back/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 06 Nov 2011 14:45:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting and Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photography]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Projects]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=4076</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Chris Diset and Kerry Garrison take a look back at Photo Project 24 2011 and discuss what the project was about, some of the challenges of the project, and how the project has changed their ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Photo-Project-24-23.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g4076]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-4077" title="Photo Project 24 23" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Photo-Project-24-23-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Chris Diset and Kerry Garrison take a look back at Photo Project 24 2011 and discuss what the project was about, some of the challenges of the project, and how the project has changed their photography. Kerry and Chris then take a quick look at each of the images. The team is gearing up for another 24 hour adventure on December 31 &#8211; Jan 1st. Be sure and check out all of the images as well as lots of behind-the-scenes footage over at <a href="http://photoproject24.com">http://photoproject24.com</a>.</p>
<p><span style="text-align:center; display: block;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2011/11/06/photo-project-24-2011-a-look-back/"><img src="http://img.youtube.com/vi/EO-4kbKZwuo/2.jpg" alt="" /></a></span></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=4076&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/11/06/photo-project-24-2011-a-look-back/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Photo-Project-24-23-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Photo-Project-24-23.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Photo Project 24 23</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Photo-Project-24-23-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/EO-4kbKZwuo/2.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=4076&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mastering Your Flash 101 &#8211; High Speed Sync</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/31/mastering-your-flash-101-high-speed-sync/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/31/mastering-your-flash-101-high-speed-sync/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2011 12:47:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting and Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[580 EX II]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[580ex]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fp sync]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[High Speed Sync]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hss]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nikon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3920</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Every once in a while we dredge up a classic post from the past. One of the most popular posts ever was this one on using high speed sync (fp sync on Nikons).
One of my ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465.jpg" rel="thumbnail" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3920]"><img title="IMG_4465" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465_thumb.jpg" alt="IMG_4465" width="164" height="244" align="right" border="0" /></a>Every once in a while we dredge up a classic post from the past. One of the most popular posts ever was this one on using high speed sync (fp sync on Nikons).</p>
<p>One of my favorite features of speedlites is High Speed Sync. This feature allows you to work with speedlites way past your camera&#8217;s normal sync speed (1/160 &#8211; 1/250 depending on camera). By shooting at very fast shutter speeds you can dramatically cut ambient light and can shoot what looks like night-time shots at high noon. Sounds incredible huh? Guess what, using it is as simple as pressing a single button.</p>
<p><span id="more-3920"></span></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3920&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/31/mastering-your-flash-101-high-speed-sync/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465_thumb.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_4465_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4465</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3920&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>GoCast #4 &#8211; Learning your gear</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/09/24/gocast-episode-4-learning-your-gear/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/09/24/gocast-episode-4-learning-your-gear/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 24 Sep 2011 16:34:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[GoCast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting and Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[photo gear]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photography]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[podcast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3873</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In this GoCast episode Kerry Garrison talks about learning your gear inside and out and why this is important. Kerry talks about why you should strive to learn how to use your camera and flash ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/cast3_thumb.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3873]"><img class="alignright size-thumbnail wp-image-3874" title="cast3_thumb" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/cast3_thumb-140x85.jpg" alt="" width="140" height="85" /></a>In this GoCast episode Kerry Garrison talks about learning your gear inside and out and why this is important. Kerry talks about why you should strive to learn how to use your camera and flash in manual mode. Even though you still may use some of the automatic modes, you still need to understand manual for those times when things really go wrong.</p>
<p><object width="500" height="281"><param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/HYYVqKpwrDg?version=3&#038;feature=oembed"></param><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"></param><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"></param><embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/HYYVqKpwrDg?version=3&#038;feature=oembed" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="500" height="281" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<p>Links to related articles:</p>
<ul>
<li><a title="Learning to shoot in manual mode" href="../2011/06/13/shooting-in-manual-mode/" rel="bookmark">Learning to shoot in manual mode</a></li>
<li><a title="Photography Basics: Controlling Exposure" href="../2011/08/04/photography-basics-controlling-exposure/" rel="bookmark">Photography Basics: Controlling Exposure</a></li>
<li><a title="The Exposure L – Understanding the Correlation Between Shutter and Aperture" href="../2010/05/19/the-exposure-l-understanding-the-correlation-between-shutter-and-aperture/" rel="bookmark">The Exposure L – Understanding the Correlation Between Shutter and Aperture</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Special thanks to our sponsor: <a href="http://gopro.com">GoPro</a></p>
<p>Host: Kerry Garrison</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3873&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/09/24/gocast-episode-4-learning-your-gear/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
			<enclosure url="http://cameradojo.com/podpress_trac/feed/3873/1/GoCast4_audio.mp3" length="22456612" type="audio/mpeg" />
		<itunes:duration>0:15:35</itunes:duration>
		<itunes:subtitle>In this GoCast episode Kerry Garrison talks about learning your gear inside and out and why this is important. Kerry talks about why you should strive to learn how to use your camera and flash in manual mode. Even though you still may use some of th[...]</itunes:subtitle>
		<itunes:summary>In this GoCast episode Kerry Garrison talks about learning your gear inside and out and why this is important. Kerry talks about why you should strive to learn how to use your camera and flash in manual mode. Even though you still may use some of the automatic modes, you still need to understand manual for those times when things really go wrong.

Links to related articles:

Learning to shoot in manual mode
Photography Basics: Controlling Exposure
The Exposure L – Understanding the Correlation Between Shutter and Aperture

Special thanks to our sponsor: GoPro
Host: Kerry Garrison
</itunes:summary>
		<itunes:keywords>GoCast, Podcasts</itunes:keywords>
		<itunes:author>kgarrison@gmail.com</itunes:author>
		<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
		<itunes:block>no</itunes:block>

		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/cast3_thumb-140x85.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/cast3_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">cast3_thumb</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/cast3_thumb-140x85.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3873&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Neutral Density Filters for DSLR Video Production</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/17/using-neutral-density-filters-for-dslr-video-production/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/17/using-neutral-density-filters-for-dslr-video-production/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2011 15:36:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting and Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[5D Mark II]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[7d]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Filter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3659</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[During our adventure into shooting video with a DSLR such as the Canon EOS 7D one of the recent things we looked at was that you should maintain a shutter speed of twice the frame ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader_1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3659]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3660" title="fader_1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader_1-200x112.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="112" /></a>During our adventure into shooting video with a DSLR such as the Canon EOS 7D one of the recent things we looked at was that you should maintain a shutter speed of twice the frame rate to achieve the best visual results. The challenge is that are working with relatively long shutter speeds of 1/50th or 1/60th of a second which in bright sunlight may be difficult from getting overexposed even with a small aperture and low ISO setting. If we are still too bright the best way to get down into the working range that we want is to use a neutral density filter.</p>
<h3><span id="more-3659"></span>Practical Uses of ND Filters</h3>
<p>Some photographers, especially nature and landscape photographers have long been familiar with neutral density filters most notably for allowing you to shoot a scene with a longer shutter speed for scenes such as waterfalls to get that silky effect to the water.</p>
<p>If we go back to the basics and look at the Sunny 16 Rule, this tells us that is bright sunlight at ISO 100 and 1/100th shutter speed, we will need to be at f/16. If we adjust our shutter to our video setting of 1/50th, then we need to be shooting at f/22 for a proper exposure. While this may work in some situations, if you want any creative control over your aperture settings, you will need to cut down the lighting entering the camera, again this is a great use of ND filters. Instead of using a faster shutter, we can simply use darker ND filters to cut down the light to where we want it.</p>
<h3>Choosing an ND Filter</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FADER_82.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3659]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3645" title="FADER_82" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FADER_82-200x192.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="192" /></a>Most neutral density filters are fixed at a particular setting and generally come in settings from 1/4 stop all the way to 10 stops. Buying a small selection of ND filters is certainly one option, although a much more versatile option would be a variable ND filter that lets you adjust the density across a wide range.</p>
<p>The <a href="http://faderfilters.com/products-page/fader-nd-high-definition/">Variable ND Filters from FADER</a> are an excellent example of this type of functionality. With the FADER Filters you have a range of 2-8 stops which, if we go back to our Sunny 16 Rule, only needs four stops to allow us to shoot at f/2.8. This allows us a broad range of creative control with your aperture.</p>
<p>At a bit over $300, these filters don&#8217;t come cheap so if you are on a budget you might want to get a couple of less expensive ones to start off with.</p>
<div id="attachment_3661" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3659]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-3661" title="fader-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader-1-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Fader Variable ND Filter</p></div>
<h3>Using an ND Filter</h3>
<p>There is nothing special or magic about using an ND filter, once it is on your lens it&#8217;s just as if someone dimmed the lights and you continue to set your exposure using aperture and ISO adjustments (remember, not shutter speed because we are locking that down to 1/50th second).</p>
<p>The following video demonstrates this concept by shooting the same scene and adjusting the FADER filter to make the scene darker while opening the aperture to compensate.</p>
<p><object width="500" height="306"><param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/GxVO6Xx_3ck?version=3"></param><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"></param><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"></param><embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/GxVO6Xx_3ck?version=3" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="500" height="306" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>I hope you are enjoying these articles on getting started with DSLR video. Even though shooting video with a camcorder or other dedicated video camera is so easy that even a kid can do it, shooting video with a DSLR is actually quite complicated and requires a very different skill set than shooting still and often requires specialized gear to get top-notch results. If you are doing any video work, please post in the comments and let everyone know what you are doing.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3659&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/17/using-neutral-density-filters-for-dslr-video-production/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader_1-140x78.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader_1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">fader_1</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader_1-140x78.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FADER_82.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">FADER_82</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FADER_82-140x134.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader-1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">fader-1</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Fader Variable ND Filter</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/fader-1-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3659&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Why Shutter Speed Matters With DSLR Video</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/15/why-shutter-speed-matters-with-dslr-video/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/15/why-shutter-speed-matters-with-dslr-video/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Aug 2011 14:56:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Headline]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting and Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3644</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I will be the first to admit that when I try to take on a new skill that I become completely obsessed with really understanding every aspect of it in order to do the best ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/indiRAILSpro.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3644]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3647" title="indiRAILSpro" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/indiRAILSpro-200x178.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="178" /></a>I will be the first to admit that when I try to take on a new skill that I become completely obsessed with really understanding every aspect of it in order to do the best I can and use the new skill to its full potential. Such is the case with learning to shoot video with my Canon EOS 7D. Since the best video camera I had up until the 7D was a small Canon Vixia camcorder. While the Vixia can shoot 1080p video, the only settings are 24 fps or 60 fps. The only thing this meant to me was that if I shot action sequences at the faster frame rate, I could slow the sequence down better because there was more data to work with. Now that I am learning to shoot video on the 7D, I have ISO, Aperture, and Shutter Speed available. The big question is, how do these affect your image when shooting video.</p>
<h3><span id="more-3644"></span>ISO and Aperture</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3644]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2870" title="IMG_3854" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>The good news is that two out of three aint bad. What I mean by this is that ISO and Aperture affect video exactly the same way that they affect stills. ISO will make the sensor more sensitive to light so just like stills, you can increase the light into the camera by increasing the ISO setting which, just like stills, will add digital noise to the image.</p>
<p>Just like still images, Aperture will open or close the lens&#8217; aperture diaphragm to allow more or less light into the camera which will affect the depth of field.</p>
<p>So long as you already have a good handle on ISO and Aperture, the same principles apply to both stills and video so you already well on your way.</p>
<h3>Shutter Speed</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g3644]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2054 alignright" title="shutter-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>With stills, shutter speed is fairly simple to understand, a longer shutter will allow more light but may add motion blur while a fast shutter speed can freeze motion but cuts down on the amount of light entering the camera. The confusing part is how this affects video. Many new video DSLR owners simply think this affects only the light since the frames are already moving. The reality is that the shutter speed can have a significant impact on the video image and most of the articles on the internet are painfully difficult to understand.</p>
<p>The traditional standard for video is 24p (which is actually 23.976 frames per second) which is very pleasing to the eye and is pretty much the standard for camcorders and DSLR video recording (much more on this is available on <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frame_rate">Wikipedia</a>).</p>
<p>To achieve a film look (which has just enough motion blur between frames to look natural without being &#8220;smeary&#8221;) you need to follow the 180 degree rule which, simply put, says that your shutter speed should be double the frame rate. This is one of those times when I want to say &#8220;don&#8217;t worry about what it means, just go with it&#8221; as the technical explanation is quite&#8230;well&#8230;technical. Tyler Ginter did a really good job explaining the technical side of this on his blog post <a href="http://blog.tylerginter.com/?p=385">180 Degree Shutter &#8211; Learn It, Live It, Love It</a>.</p>
<p>While I am not going to try to explain the whole 180 degree shutter concept, I will instead just jump into what it really means to you and your video.</p>
<p>Since we already know that when we are shooting stills with action, a slow shutter speed will have motion blur and a fast shutter speed will freeze action. When we translate this concept to video, a slow shutter speed will create a smeared look to the video. If the shutter is too fast there isn&#8217;t enough motion blur to smoothly transition from frame to frame causing a stuttering or staccato effect. If you have ever looked at something moving with a CRT monitor behind it you will know what this stuttering can look like. Sometimes, this <em>can</em> be used for creative effect like in the opening of <em>Saving Private Ryan</em>.</p>
<p>To see how this looks in actual video, I did this quick comparison of 24p video shot at both 1/50th (yes, I know 1/48 is double the 24fps but most cameras can&#8217;t do 1/48th shutter speed so we have to take the closest option which would be 1/50th) and 1/300th shutter speed.</p>
<p><object width="500" height="306"><param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/lItCq5Gp6vw?version=3"></param><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"></param><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"></param><embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/lItCq5Gp6vw?version=3" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="500" height="306" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<h3>What about exposure?</h3>
<p>The issue with exposure is not when things are too dark as we can open up our aperture and increase our ISO (only to a certain point before we need additional lighting anyway) but when things are too bright, we only have a few options. If you are already at a small aperture and a low ISO and 1/50th of a second will result in an over exposure the temptation is to increase the shutter speed, but this is going to violate the 180 degree rule and cause the stuttering video.</p>
<p><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-3645" title="FADER_82" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FADER_82-200x192.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="192" />The only way to knock the exposure down is with the use of a neutral density filter. The most versatile filter is a variable neutral density filter that allows you to dial in the amount of filtering. A good example of this is the <a href="http://faderfilters.com/products-page/fader-nd-mark-ii/fader-82mm-mark-ii-variable-neutral-density-filter/">Fader ND Mark II</a> which is adjustable from 2 to 8 stops.</p>
<p>The real beauty of using a filter with this much versatility is that you can shoot at the relatively slow 1/50th of a second at wide open apertures to create a very short depth of field that just isn&#8217;t possible with regular camcorders. The ability easily create different depth of field shotsÂ  is a key reason many filmmakers are jumping onto the DSLR video bandwagon.</p>
<h3>The Exception to the Rule</h3>
<p>Let&#8217;s face it, every good rule deserves a good reason to break it and the 180 degree shutter rule is no different. In fact, there is one really good reason to break it and that is when you are specifically shooting for video that will be shown in slow motion. If we use the basic rule of having a shutter speed that is double the frame rate, when we slow down the video we will end up with more blurry video. If you shoot at faster shutter speeds, when you slow the video down you will get cleaner looking video.</p>
<p>This actually brings up a major difference between shooting stills and video. With stills, our final output will be a still frame. Sure, you may use some panning and zooming in a slidehsow which may require cropping that isn&#8217;t very tight but lets not digress too much. With video, you really need to think ahead about how the video will be played back. Will the video be sped up, played at normal speed, or slowed down as this final product needs to be considered when choosing the shooting settings.</p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>Hopefully this has helped make some sense out of the shutter speed issue with DSLRs. If you are just going to be shooting video for yourself, you may not care much about all this but if you are trying to really make your video look its absolute best, and most certainly you can achieve incredible results with the current video enabled DSLR&#8217;s, then this is one of those topics that you really need to get a handle on.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3644&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/15/why-shutter-speed-matters-with-dslr-video/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/indiRAILSpro-140x125.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/indiRAILSpro.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">indiRAILSpro</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/indiRAILSpro-140x125.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_3854</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-3</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Medium Shutter Speed to Show Movement</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FADER_82.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">FADER_82</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FADER_82-140x134.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3644&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Photography Basics: Controlling Exposure</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/04/photography-basics-controlling-exposure/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/04/photography-basics-controlling-exposure/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 04 Aug 2011 13:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Actions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[background]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Backgrounds]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lost]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[terms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=852</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We are beginning a series we are going to call photography basics to help explore the basics of digital photography. While the focus is on digital photography, all of the concepts will apply whether you are shooting film or digital. In this first installment we are going to look at how to control exposure by manipulating the different settings on the camera such as ISO, Shutter, and Aperture. Upcoming installments will focus on other areas such as depth of field, motion control, and specific shooting scenarios.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We have covered this topic several times and it still is one of the most common emails we get so we are reposting this older article to help new people be able to find it easier.</p>
<p>In this post we are going to look at how to control exposure by manipulating the different settings on the camera such as ISO, Shutter, and Aperture.<br />
<span id="more-852"></span><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>What is exposure?</strong><br />
Exposure is, simply put, the amount of light that enters the camera and hits the sensor. The more light that hits the sensor the brighter the scene will be. If too much light hits the sensor, parts of the image will be &#8220;blown out&#8221;, this is considered to be over-exposed. A scene that is too dark and the details in the shadows are lost is under-exposed.</p>
<div id="attachment_2056" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g852]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2056" title="exposure-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-2-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Under Exposed Image</p></div>
<div id="attachment_2055" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g852]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2055" title="exposure-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-1-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Over Exposed Image</p></div>
<p><strong>How to control exposure</strong><br />
There are three camera settings that control the exposure, these are:</p>
<ul>
<li>ISO speed
<ul>
<li>Controls the sensitivity of the sensor to light</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Aperture
<ul>
<li>The aperture controls the size of the diaphragm over the shutter, the smaller the aperture number the more open the diaphragm is, allowing more light to enter.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Shutter speed
<ul>
<li>The slower the shutter, the more light will enter the camera</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>We will look at these settings in more detail to see exactly how the play together later. First, you need to start thinking of light in terms of &#8220;stops&#8221;. A stop is not an exact amount of light, it is a relative amount of light, each stop of light doubles the amount of light. For example, if we have a single lightbulb as our base light source, adding a second lightbulb (doubling the amount of light) increases the light by one stop. If want to increase the light by another stop we have to again double the amount of light to four lightbulbs. Understanding this is going to be the key to understanding how the different camera settings affect our exposure.</p>
<p><strong>ISO Speed</strong><br />
As already mentioned, the ISO speed will control the sensitivity of the sensor. The lower the number, the less sensitive. For low light you will need a higher ISO number to make the sensor more sensitive. The downside is that the higher ISO the more digital noise (grainy look) will show up which will degrade the image quality.</p>
<p>Each time you double the ISO speed you increase the exposure by one stop, so ISO 400 will give you one stop of exposure more than ISO 200, and ISO 800 will give you one more stop over ISO 400 etc. Some cameras have some in-between ISO settings to provide a finer level of control.</p>
<p>You currently see high ISO performance as being a major selling point for new DSLR cameras as this allows them to shoot in lower light conditions with less noise.</p>
<p><em><strong>Pro:</strong></em> Higher ISO allows shooting in lower light conditions<br />
<em><strong>Con:</strong></em> Higher ISO settings result in more digital noise</p>
<div id="attachment_2059" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/highiso.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g852]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2059" title="highiso" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/highiso-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">High ISO Digital Noise</p></div>
<p><strong>Aperture</strong><br />
Aperture is a little confusing because the larger the number the smaller the size. The largest aperture lenses are f/1.0 although most of the good prime lenses start at f/1.4 &#8211; f/1.6. Zoom lenses typically are not available that can do more than f/2.8.</p>
<p>So besides letting in more or less light, what does the aperture actually do? The more light that comes in at a particular shutter speed, the shallower the depth of field. If you want more depth of field you use a smaller (higher number) aperture setting.</p>
<p><strong><em>Pro: </em></strong>Larger apertures allow more light in and thus allow shooting in lower light conditions<br />
<em><strong>Con:</strong></em> Larger apertures reduce the depth of field which may not be desirable</p>
<div id="attachment_2057" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2453.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g852]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2057" title="img_2453" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2453-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Shallow Depth of Field</p></div>
<div id="attachment_2058" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/dof_long.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g852]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2058" title="dof_long" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/dof_long-500x332.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="332" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Deep Depth of Field</p></div>
<p><strong>Shutter</strong><br />
The faster the shutter, the less light enters the camera, the slower the shutter the more light will enter the camera. If you are shooting in low light conditions, you may need a slower shutter speed, however, too slow of a shutter and you can introduce blur from the subject moving, accidental camera movement, or both.</p>
<p>Sometimes a little blur can help portray movement and action, a sharp bike rider with a blurred background will make the rider look like he/she is moving fast where a tack sharp image shows no motion at all and would make the same image look boring. While blurring on other images can ruin the image.</p>
<p><em><strong>Pro:</strong></em><strong> </strong>The right shutter speed can really make an image more dramatic. Fast shutter speeds can freeze action, slow shutter speeds can add a dramatic motion blur.<br />
<em><strong>Con:</strong></em> Fast shutter speeds require lots of light, slow shutter speeds are harder to control</p>
<table border="0" align="center">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_678" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-6.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g852]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-678" title="shutter-6" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-6-200x133.jpg" alt="Fast Shutter Speed" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Fast Shutter Speed</p></div></td>
<td></td>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_680" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g852]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-680" title="shutter-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-2-200x133.jpg" alt="Slow shutter speed" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Slow Shutter Speed</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Summary</strong><br />
By understanding the three variables that control exposure along with the pros and cons of each one, you will be able to better control the different options that are available to you.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=852&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/08/04/photography-basics-controlling-exposure/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-2-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">exposure-2</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Under Exposed Image</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-2-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">exposure-1</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Over Exposed Image</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/exposure-1-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/highiso.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">highiso</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">High ISO Digital Noise</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/highiso-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2453.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_2453</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Shallow Depth of Field</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/img_2453-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/dof_long.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">dof_long</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Deep Depth of Field</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/dof_long-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-6.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-6</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Fast Shutter Speed</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-6-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-2</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Slow shutter speed</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-2-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=852&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Live Learning Lab Recording &#8211; Mastering Exposure</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/22/live-learning-lab-recording-mastering-exposure/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/22/live-learning-lab-recording-mastering-exposure/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 22 Jul 2011 13:38:30 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Events]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[learning lab]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Webinars]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=3608</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In case you missed this month&#8217;s Live Learning Lab, the entire recording is now available. The make sure you don&#8217;t miss future webinars, go register now. The Live Learning Lab is presented on the third ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In case you missed this month&#8217;s Live Learning Lab, the entire recording is now available. The make sure you don&#8217;t miss future webinars, <a href="https://www3.gotomeeting.com/register/662757342">go register now</a>. The Live Learning Lab is presented on the third Wednesday of every month at 6pm PT / 9pm ET and is sponsored by <a href="http://www.nationsphotolab.com/">Nations Photo Lab</a>. Be sure and head over to <a href="http://www.nationslearninglab.com/">NPL&#8217;s Learning Lab</a> for this and other fantastic content to help you make the most out of your photography.</p>
<p><span style="text-align:center; display: block;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/22/live-learning-lab-recording-mastering-exposure/"><img src="http://img.youtube.com/vi/4tEXYznRFC4/2.jpg" alt="" /></a></span></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=3608&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/22/live-learning-lab-recording-mastering-exposure/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/4tEXYznRFC4/2.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/4tEXYznRFC4/2.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=3608&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Calculate Depth of Field</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/08/how-to-calculate-depth-of-field/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/08/how-to-calculate-depth-of-field/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 08 Jul 2011 12:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[distance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lost]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=712</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A big stumbling block for many new camera users is how to figure out how much depth of field a particular image will have it in given the focal length of the lens, the aperture used and the distance to the subject. Trust me on this, trying to do the algebra to figure it out is not something most people want to try to do in their heads. In this article we will cover all of the math involved and then make it real easy with an Excel spreadsheet and some links to some free applications to help you out.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g712]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2870" title="IMG_3854" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>A big stumbling block for many new camera users is how to figure out how much depth of field a particular image will have it in given the focal length of the lens, the aperture used and the distance to the subject. Trust me on this, trying to do the algebra to figure it out is not something most people want to try to do in their heads. In this article we will cover all the math involved and then make it real easy with an Excel spreadsheet and some links to some free applications to help you out.</p>
<p><span id="more-712"></span></p>
<p><strong>The Math<br />
</strong><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_0108.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g712]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2871" title="IMG_0108" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_0108-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Feel free to skip right over this part, this is the boring part, it&#8217;s so boring I thought of putting a picture of an artistic nude shot next to it just to keep people awake. Ok, so here we go. Before you can calculate the depth of field you first must know the circle of confusion for your camera.</p>
<table style="background-color: #e5e5e5;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>Wikipedia: In optics, a <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Circle_of_confusion" target="_blank"><strong>circle of confusion</strong></a>, (also known as <strong>disk of confusion,</strong> <strong>circle of indistinctness,</strong> <strong>blur circle</strong>, etc.), is an optical spot caused by a cone of light rays from a lens not coming to a perfect focus when imaging a point source.</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Don&#8217;t get too lost on me yet, for most of us digital SLR users this isÂ  one of two numbers. For most of us with APS/APS-C sized sensors this number is 0.019948, for full frame sensors (the big Pro cameras) and 35mm film the number is 0.02501. This represents the sensor size. Again, don&#8217;t get all lost on me yet, just remember the number for your particular camera.</p>
<p>The first thing we need to calculate is the Hyperfocal distance, for this calculation you will need to know the focal length of your lens. the aperture you are using and the CoC (circle of confusion) for your camera.</p>
<table style="background-color: #e5e5e5;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Wikipedia: the hyperfocal distance is the closest distance at which a lens can be focused while keeping objects at infinity acceptably sharp; that is, the focus distance with the maximum depth of field. When the lens is focused at this distance, all objects at distances from half of the hyperfocal distance out to infinity will be acceptably sharp.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The math to calculate the hyperfocal distance is as follows:</p>
<p>HyperFocal = (FocalLength * FocalLength) / (Aperture * CoC)</p>
<p>Thus, the Hyperfocal distance of a 50mm lens at f/2.8 on an APS sensor (Canon 30D in my case) is 146.85 feet.</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_0114.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g712]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2872" title="IMG_0114" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_0114-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Next we need to calculate the near point which is the closest distance that will be in focus given the distance bdetween the camera and the subject. The math here (yes, it gets SO much worse) is as follows:</p>
<p>NearPoint = (HyperFocal * distance) / (HyperFocal + (distance &#8211; focal))</p>
<p>This is somewhat Â complicated because the focal length is in millimeters and those of us in the US are better with feet and inches still so if you want the end value to be in feet you have to do some more conversions. If we are using the same 50mm lens, at f/2.8 on an APS sensor at a distance of 10 feet (3048mm) then our HyperFocal distance is 146.85 feet (44,749.23mm), giving us a near focus point of 9.37 feet (2,856.66mm). Are we following along still? Did I lose anyone?</p>
<p>Alrighty then, let&#8217;s now calculate the far point distance, this is almost the same as before but using slightly different math, so here we go.</p>
<p>FarPoint = (HyperFocal * distance) / (HyperFocal &#8211; (distance &#8211; focal))</p>
<p>Without changing our values that we used before, we now know that are rear point is 10.72 feet (3,266.81mm). Take note that the near point is actually closer to you than the subject is, typically the focus is 1/3 in front of the subject and 2/3 behind the subject.</p>
<p>The final step is to calculate the total amount of focal distance. This is one I can even do without a calculator, we simply subtract the far point distance from the near point distance.</p>
<p>TotalDof = FarPoint &#8211; NearPoint</p>
<p>Giving our example so far we have a total depth of field of 1.35 feet (411.48mm).</p>
<p><strong>Let&#8217;s get practical<br />
</strong><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0571.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g712]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2873" title="img_0571" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0571-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>Why on earth would you want to know this? The simple answer is you may not, nor may you ever care to know it. When shooting portraits, weddings, events, and pretty much anything else it really isn&#8217;t going to matter much. However, if you are the type that wants to set up a shot and have it be EXACTLY what you want, there is simply no other way to know what the camera is going to do. This is important in macro, food, and product photography. By knowing exactly where you focus points begin and end you can more accurately design and execute precise shots.</p>
<p><strong>Ok, how about the easy way?</strong><br />
This is kind of like taking a digital photography class and having to spend a semester cooking your own B&amp;W film, its good to know the theory before taking on the practical application. So how can we do this easier than having to pull a scientific calculator each time you want to set up a shot?</p>
<ul>
<li>f/Calc Spreadsheet (<a href="/files/fcalc.zip">download</a>) &#8211; This is an Excel spreadsheet that will do all the math for you. This was development by me and is free to use.</li>
<li>f/Calc Windows and Palm App (<a href="http://www.tangentsoft.net/fcalc/win32.html" target="_blank">website</a>) If you want a simple but powerful Windows or Palm based application, f/Calc does Field of View, Angle of View, Magnification, Spot Meter, f Numbers, Depth of Field and Hyperfocal distance</li>
<li>PhotoCalc for iPhone (<a href="http://www.adairsystems.com/photocalc/" target="_blank">website</a>) &#8211; Not only does it do everything for DoF, it also incorporates a sunrise/sunset function, flash exposure calculator, and Exposure Reciprocation calculator.</li>
<li>CamCalc (<a href="https://market.android.com/details?id=com.govisualinc.camcalcfree&amp;feature=search_result">Market</a>) Android App for Depth of field, field of view, focal length equivalents, flash calculations, color temp. conversion, miniatures, and sunrise, sunset.</li>
<li>PhoforPho (<a href="https://market.android.com/details?id=phoforpho.site.com.google.sites&amp;feature=search_result">Market</a>) Android App with Exposure calculator, Hyperfocal calculator, DoF calculator, Timer, and Exposure compensation calculation for multiple exposures.</li>
</ul>
<p>I know this has been a doozy of an article to read through just to get to some free or almost free (PhotoCalc is $2.99) tools to make it dead simple to do these calculation. Hopefully this will help you perfect your images help you to use depth of field to its full extent.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=712&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/08/how-to-calculate-depth-of-field/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>15</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_3854</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_3854-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_0108.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0108</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_0108-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_0114.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_0114</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/IMG_0114-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0571.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0571</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0571-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=712&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Capturing a sense of motion with shutter speed</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/07/capturing-a-sense-of-motion-with-shutter-speed/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/07/capturing-a-sense-of-motion-with-shutter-speed/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2011 13:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=677</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A common issue some people have is getting their images to portray a sense of movement. Today we are going to look at how adjusting our shutter speed can help achieve the desired look that we want. For this simple example we will look at a ceiling fan taken at different shutter speeds so you can see how adjusting the shutter speed through an entire typical range can help you achieve the exact look you are aiming for.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g677]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2054" title="shutter-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>A common issue some people have is getting their images to portray a sense of movement. Today we are going to look at how adjusting our shutter speed can help achieve the desired look that we want. For this simple example we will look at a ceiling fan taken at different shutter speeds so you can see how adjusting the shutter speed through an entire typical range can help you achieve the exact look you are aiming for.</p>
<p><span id="more-677"></span></p>
<p>Often we try to use the fastest shutter speed possible to help avoid blur but when shooting a moving object you sometimes need some amount of blur or it can look like the subject of the image is sitting still. In many cases you want to have the sense of movement to help convey the story of the object.In the case of the ceiling fan we want to show a little movement of the blades since the moving blades is going to be more typical of what you would see by looking at the fan once installed. We also want to show that this is a five-bladed fan so we have to be careful not to have too much blur that we lose all the details.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a look at a series of shots taken at different shutter speeds:</p>
<div id="attachment_680" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 410px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g677]"><img class="size-full wp-image-680" title="shutter-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-2.jpg" alt="1/10th Second - Way too much blur" width="400" height="266" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">1/10th Second - Way too much blur</p></div>
<div id="attachment_681" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 410px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-3.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g677]"><img class="size-full wp-image-681" title="shutter-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-3.jpg" alt="1/25th Second - Better but lacking detail" width="400" height="266" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">1/25th Second - Better but lacking detail</p></div>
<div id="attachment_682" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 410px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-4.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g677]"><img class="size-full wp-image-682" title="shutter-4" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-4.jpg" alt="1/40th Second - Looking good" width="400" height="266" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">1/40th Second - Looking good</p></div>
<div id="attachment_683" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 410px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-5.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g677]"><img class="size-full wp-image-683" title="shutter-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-5.jpg" alt="1/100th Second - Not enough, just looks fuzzy" width="400" height="266" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">1/100th Second - Not enough, just looks fuzzy</p></div>
<div id="attachment_678" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 410px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-6.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g677]"><img class="size-full wp-image-678" title="shutter-6" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-6.jpg" alt="1/200th Second - Almost no movement" width="400" height="266" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">1/200th Second - Almost no movement</p></div>
<p>As you can see the photos taken at the two extreme ranges show either far too much blur or not enough blur to make for a good image. The photo taken at 1/40th maintains a little more detail than the images shot at 1/25 making it a more suitable image for our use.</p>
<p><strong>Summary</strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong>The whole point here is to get you to experiment more with shutter speeds to capture a sense of movement, action, or speed. By adjusting the shutter speed you can control how much or how little the blur effect will have.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=677&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/07/07/capturing-a-sense-of-motion-with-shutter-speed/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-3</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Medium Shutter Speed to Show Movement</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-2.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-2</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Slow shutter speed</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-2-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-3.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-3</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">1/25th Second - Better but lacking detail</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-3-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-4.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-4</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">1/40th Second - Looking good</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-4-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-5.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-5</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">1/100th Second - Not enough, just looks fuzzy</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-5-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-6.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-6</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Fast Shutter Speed</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-6-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=677&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Learning to shoot in manual mode</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/13/shooting-in-manual-mode/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/13/shooting-in-manual-mode/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jun 2011 16:00:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Actions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[details]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flickr]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Group]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Model]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[photographer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Post]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tripod]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://l7foto.com/2007/11/03/shooting-in-manual-mode/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[While today's cameras do a pretty good job when in fully automatic mode, in order to make the most of your camera you should learn how to use your camera on the manual setting. To go full manual you will need to have an understanding of shutter speed, aperture settings, and ISO speed. In this article we will get you going and get you shooting like a pro.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/no_automatic.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g300]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2166" title="no_automatic" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/no_automatic-200x196.png" alt="" width="200" height="196" /></a>While today&#8217;s cameras do a pretty good job when in fully automatic mode, in order to make the most of your camera you should learn how to use your camera on the manual setting. To go full manual you will need to have an understanding of shutter speed, aperture settings, and ISO speed. In this article we will get you going and get you shooting like a pro.</p>
<p><span id="more-300"></span><strong>Getting Started</strong><br />
Most cameras, including newer point and shoot cameras will let you shoot in full manual mode. The problem with going manual is that if you don&#8217;t have your settings &#8220;just right&#8221; you can end up with an image that is too dark or too light. Without a basic understanding of the different settings, it can be difficult to get a good shot. However, with a basic understanding of the three variables even the most newbie photographer can learn to take better pictures by getting away from the automatic settings.</p>
<p><strong>ISO Speed</strong><br />
The ISO speed is equivalent to the ISO speed we used to use on film cameras, this describes the light sensitivity of the film that is being used. The higher the ISO speed, the more light the sensor can pick up. For example, if your camera is set to ISO 800 you can take a well exposed image in a darker room than you could with ISO 100. By definition you would always want to run your camera in the highest ISO speed possible. While this may sound like a good idea, the downside is that the higher the ISO speed, the more &#8220;noise&#8221; will be introduced to the image, thus degrading the image quality. In most cases, you will get excellent results by using ISO 200-400 outdoors and 400-800 indoors. This does not take into account your camera model as some cameras do better than others at the higher ISO settings.</p>
<p><strong>Shutter Speed</strong></p>
<div id="attachment_2054" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g300]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2054" title="shutter-3" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Medium Shutter Speed to Show Movement</p></div>
<p>The shutter speed is one of the easiest settings to understand as it simply means how fast the shutter opens and closes when you press the shutter button. The faster the shutter speed the better the camera will freeze the action of an event. This setting is represented in seconds, a fast shutter speed would be something like 1/2000<sup>th</sup> of a second. A long shutter speed such as 1/30<sup>th</sup> of a second or slower can result in blurry images if you don&#8217;t use a tripod. Like the other settings, the shutter speed also affects the amount of light that hits the sensor. The faster the shutter speed, the less light that comes into the camera. So while a fast shutter speed can freeze action, you need more and more light in order to prevent getting a dark picture the faster you set the shutter. When you cant get a bright enough image, you will need to slow down the shutter speed. In some cases you may want to get a motion blur such as a waterfall or freeway traffic, these shots require a very long shutter speed.</p>
<div id="attachment_2112" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/exposureL7.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g300]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2112" title="exposureL7.jpg" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/exposureL7-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Shallow Depth of Field</p></div>
<p><strong>Aperture</strong><br />
Understanding aperture is probably the most difficult setting for most people to grasp, because of this we wrote an <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2007/11/05/understanding-depth-of-field/">entire article</a> about it. The aperture is an adjustable opening in the lens that controls the amount of light that can enter the camera. The aperture setting is expressed in f stops with the largest opening having a smaller number so a wide open aperture is going to have an f-stop of around f/1.4. The aperture setting can have a big effect on the depth of field which allows one part of the image to be in focus and the rest of it being blurry which helps to highlight the subject of the photograph.</p>
<p><strong>Starting Points</strong><br />
Without having a light meter or lots of experience how do you know what settings to start with? The way I learned was to set my ISO to what I wanted, typically 200-400 ISO outdoors and 400-800 ISO indoors, and put the camera in P mode and press the shutter half way down. Inside the viewfinder the camera will show the settings it will use to take the picture. Then you can put the camera into Manual mode and adjust the settings to match. After some practice you should be able to set some basic settings fairly close to what they need to be, then, by pressing the shutter half way down the camera will autofocus and then take a meter reading which should show in the viewfinder or on a display depending on your camera. Then you can adjust shutter speed or aperture to change the exposure to get it where you need.</p>
<p><strong>Using the Histogram</strong><br />
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/110407-0337-learningtos1.gif" alt="" align="right" />If your camera will display a histogram after shooting an image, then you need to take advantage of this feature. By looking at the histogram of an image you can quickly tell if the image was properly exposed or not. With a digital SLR camera you want the histogram to be a nice curve with the curve being just to the right of center like our example one here. This is actually saying that the image is just slightly overexposed. With film, if you overexposed the image, you would lose detail so it was better to slightly underexpose. With digital, shadows will lose detail so it is better to slightly overexpose.</p>
<p><strong>Practice Practice Practice</strong><br />
There is nothing that will beat getting out and getting behind the camera and learning how to use it well. If you plan on making photography a serious hobby or more, you will need to learn how to use manual mode for those times when the automatic or program mode settings just won&#8217;t cut it or for when you want to create an effect that you just can&#8217;t get any other way.</p>
<p>Get out and practice and be sure to post some comments and post some pictures to our <a href="http://www.flickr.com/groups/cameradojo/" target="_blank">Flickr group</a>.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=300&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/13/shooting-in-manual-mode/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>19</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/no_automatic-140x137.png" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/no_automatic.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">no_automatic</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/no_automatic-140x137.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter-3</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Medium Shutter Speed to Show Movement</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/shutter-31-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/exposureL7.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">exposureL7.jpg</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/exposureL7-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/110407-0337-learningtos1.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=300&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Understanding Depth of Field</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/09/understanding-depth-of-field/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/09/understanding-depth-of-field/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 09 Jun 2011 14:30:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[depth of field]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dof]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://l7foto.com/2007/11/04/understanding-depth-of-field/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When done well, a photograph that has good control over the depth of field can add dramatically to the impact of the picture. When we are talking about depth of field, what we are referring to is a shot were the main subject of the picture is in sharp focus but other elements in the picture are blurred or out of focus. Two key terms to learn here are focal plane which is the area of the image that we want to have in sharp focus and bokeh which is the out of focus sections.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/img_2735.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g284]"><img src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/img_2735.thumbnail.jpg" alt="" align="right" /></a>When done well, a photograph that has good control over the depth of field can add dramatically to the impact of the picture. When we are talking about depth of field, what we are referring to is a shot were the main subject of the picture is in sharp focus but other elements in the picture are blurred or out of focus. Two key terms to learn here are <strong>focal plane</strong> which is the area of the image that we want to have in sharp focus and <strong>bokeh</strong> which is the out of focus sections.</p>
<p><span id="more-284"></span></p>
<p>If you can master controlling the depth of field in your photographs you will be taking your photographs to a whole new level. What do we mean by controlling depth of field (DoF)? This is the effect where the subject is in sharp focus but the rest of the image is slightly out of focus. The effect is referred to as bokeh. The more bokeh, the more dramatic the blurring effect. In this article, we will discuss how to control the amount of bokeh in your images.</p>
<p><strong>Getting Started<br />
</strong></p>
<p>Being able to control the depth of field is not very easy on lower end cameras as you need to be able to shoot in either an aperture priority mode or in a full manual mode. If you have a fully automatic point and shoot then you will not be able to achieve the effect you want</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr style="text-align: center;">
<td valign="top">
<p><div id="attachment_2168" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4365.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g284]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2168" title="IMG_4365" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4365-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">50mm 1/2500 f/2.8</p></div></td>
<td></td>
<td valign="bottom">
<p><div id="attachment_2169" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4368.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g284]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2169" title="IMG_4368" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4368-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">50mm 1/40 f/22</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The setting you need to be able to adjust is the aperture setting, the larger the aperture (the smaller the number) the shorter the focal plane will be. This is one reason that some people buy very fast (larger aperture) lenses. A less expensive lens may have an aperture range of something like f/4.0Â  -Â  f/5.6, while you will achieve some bokeh effect with this lens, it will not be as pronounced as it would be if the lens has a f/1.6 &#8211; f/2.8.</p>
<p>Without having a lens with a very large aperture, the other way to achieve a dramatic bokeh effect is to use a long zoom lens to shoot very close objects. Since a long lens won&#8217;t be able to focus on both something very close and things at a distance, you can achieve a strong bokeh if there is enough separation between the subject and the rest of the image.</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr style="text-align: center;">
<td valign="bottom">
<p><div id="attachment_2170" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4369.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g284]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2170" title="IMG_4369" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4369-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">225mm 1/800 f/5.6</p></div></td>
<td></td>
<td valign="bottom">
<p><div id="attachment_2171" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4370.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g284]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2171" title="IMG_4370" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4370-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">70mm 1/800 f/5.6</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Understanding Aperture<br />
</strong></p>
<table border="1" align="right">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/500px-Aperture_diagram.svg_.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g284]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-2172" title="500px-Aperture_diagram.svg" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/500px-Aperture_diagram.svg_-200x79.png" alt="" width="200" height="79" /></a><br />
Diagram of decreasing aperture sizes<br />
(increasing f-numbers) for &#8220;full stop&#8221;<br />
increments (factor of two aperture area per<br />
stop) &#8211; Source: <a href="http://wikipedia.org" target="_blank">Wikipedia</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The aperture setting is the size of the opening that is used to let light into the camera and onto the sensor. The size of the opening is measured is F-stops. The confusing part is that the larger the aperture setting, the smaller the hole that will be used to take the picture. The reason why lenses with a very large aperture (smaller f-stop number) are more expensive is because the lenses require more engineering and typically use better and more complicated lens elements. These higher end lenses usually have glass that is manufacturered to higher tolerences and may include special coatings on the glass elements, this helps explain the high costs of the top end lenses.</p>
<p>The other side effect of getting a lens with a small f-stop number is that the smaller the f-stop, the more light will come in per image thus allowing you to shoot in lower light conditions. A lens with a f/1.8 can shoot well exposed pictures in a situation that is much darker than an f/4.0 lens could shoot in.</p>
<p><strong>Why Control DoF?<br />
</strong></p>
<p>So now that we know the <em>how</em> of controlling depth of field, let&#8217;s talk about <em>why</em> we would want to do this. Isn&#8217;t the goal of every picture to have the ultimate tack sharp image? Why would you intentionally blur part of the image? The simple answer is mood. Quite often, the background of an image may be distracting from the subject matter, think of a bride standing in front of a wall of flowers. In this case, the bride is obviously the main subject and anything else may distract from the subject, by blurring out the flowers behind the bride, you can retain some of the color and texture without the detail, adding a much more dramatic feel to the image.</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_9153.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g284]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-2173" title="IMG_9153" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_9153-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a></td>
<td></td>
<td valign="bottom"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/img_8958.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g284]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-2174" title="img_8958" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/img_8958-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>One thing to be aware of is overdoing the bokeh effect. Since the eye is drawn to the lightest parts of an image first, a common problem with a heavy bokeh is creating a large blob of very light color, this can be more distracting to the image than if the background would have been in focus. Used right, the effects can be stunning.</p>
<p><strong>Choosing Lenses<br />
</strong></p>
<p>When choosing a new lens, once you decide once you decide the focal range you are looking for, then you go for the lens with the largest aperture (again, lowest number) that you can afford. A common misconception with new photographers is that a lens labeled with a single aperture will only do that aperture. The labeling denotes the maximum aperture at the listed focal length, So if you have a 70-300 f/4.0 &#8211; f/5,6, then your maximum aperture at 70mm will be f/4.0 but will shrink to f/5.6 at 300mm. Whereas a 70-200 f/2.8 can maintain f/2.8 throughout the entire focal range but can also go to the minimum aperture of you camera (often f/22 or lower),</p>
<p>Now that you have these basics down, you should be able to tell that the faster (smaller f-stop number) the better able the lens is to shoot in darker conditions and when used at the lens&#8217; maximum aperture, the more pronounced the bokeh effect will be.</p>
<p>Be sure and post some images that you have taken to the <a href="http://flickr.com/groups/cameradojo">Flickr user group</a> and tag them with DoF and cameradojo.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=284&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2011/06/09/understanding-depth-of-field/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/img_2735.thumbnail.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/img_2735.thumbnail.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4365.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4365</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4365-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4368.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4368</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4368-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4369.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4369</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4369-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4370.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_4370</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_4370-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/500px-Aperture_diagram.svg_.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">500px-Aperture_diagram.svg</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/500px-Aperture_diagram.svg_-140x55.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_9153.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_9153</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/IMG_9153-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/img_8958.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_8958</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2007/11/img_8958-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=284&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Understanding Light Stops</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/07/04/understanding-light-stops/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/07/04/understanding-light-stops/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2010 22:05:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[f stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=566</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One thing that seems to baffle a lot of new photographers is understanding the term "stop" as it pertains to a measurement of light. We see this word used over and over with regards to shutter speed, aperture, film speed, filters, lighting, and other ways that light is used. You may hear a phrase like "you should expose one side of face 1-2 stops under the lit side of the face and expose the background 1 stop under the main subject". For many people that's about like asking them to solve a complex calculus problem.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/ShootThis_042510-1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g566]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2341" title="ShootThis_042510-1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/ShootThis_042510-1-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a>One thing that seems to baffle a lot of new photographers is understanding the term &#8220;stop&#8221; as it pertains to a measurement of light. We see this word used over and over with regards to shutter speed, aperture, film speed, filters, lighting, and other ways that light is used. You may hear a phrase like &#8220;you should expose one side of face 1-2 stops under the lit side of the face and expose the background 1 stop under the main subject&#8221;. For many people that&#8217;s about like asking them to solve a complex calculus problem. So what does it all mean and how do we use this information? That&#8217;s exactly what we are going to look at in this article</p>
<p><span id="more-566"></span></p>
<p><strong>Stop the Madness</strong><br />
Soâ€¦what is a stop exactly? Simply put, if you take a given amount of light and double it, you are moving up one stop, if you cut the amount of light in half then you have gone down a stop. So a stop isn&#8217;t a specific <em>amount</em> of light, instead it is a measure of difference between the amount of light.  To be completely technical about it, the term &#8220;one f-stop&#8221; refers to a factor of âˆš2 (approx. 1.41) change in f-number, which in turn corresponds to a factor of 2 change in light intensity. So how can we visualize this easily? If we have a single light bulb as a base light source, then two light bulbs would increase the light by 1 stop. Going to 4 light bulbs doubles the output again giving us 2 stops, to get to 3 stops we then need 8 light bulbs, etc.</p>
<p>So let&#8217;s take the sentence in the introduction, if we wanted to expose one side of the face 1 stop under the other side of the face, what we are saying is we want half the amount of light on the shadow side that we have on the lit side. Pretty simple concept huh?</p>
<p>For the most part, we are actually going to be doing a lot of guesswork unless we have good light meters and can measure each piece of the scene. Using our DSLRs we can zoom into each area of the scene and look at the exposure meter in the camera for a pretty good meter reading as well.<strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>How aperture and shutter affect light</strong><br />
Ok, so now we have a basic understand of what a stop is, now we need to see how to control this using the two basic controls, shutter speed and aperture. To illustrate the effect of aperture, we have created this chart that shows the amount of light that is gathered at typical aperture settings. While each camera/lens may have slightly different available aperture numbers, they are typically in multiples of 1.4 (as described in the previous section). As you increase the f-stop number to the next 1.4 increment, you halve the amount of light.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/fstops.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g566]"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-619" title="fstops1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/fstops1.png" alt="" width="402" height="67" /></a></p>
<p>The effect of shutter speed is the same concept. Every time you double the shutter speed, you decrease the amount of light in half. If you cut the shutter speed in half, you double the amount of light.</p>
<p>Again, you can see this represented by a similar chart.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img class="size-full wp-image-568 aligncenter" title="shutter" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/shutter.gif" alt="" width="402" height="67" /></p>
<p>Where this gets interesting in combining aperture and shutter speed, you can get the same exposure with different combinations of aperture and shutter speed. For example, a shot taken at 1/500 at f/2.8 and a shot taken at 1/60 at f/8 will have the same equivalent amount of brightness, what will change is the depth of field.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a look at one of our favorite studio lights, the Westscott TD5 Spidelite. The light head has 5 bulds in it, you can control the center bulb, and two sets of two bulbs. To show how this affects stops we can use the different combinations to control how many stops of light we have:</p>
<p>If we only turn on the center bulb and use that as our base reference point, we can then use the different variations to come up with the following amounts of light changes:</p>
<div>
<table style="border-collapse: collapse; height: 31px; width: 348px;" border="0">
<colgroup>
<col style="width: 59px;"></col>
<col style="width: 65px;"></col>
<col style="width: 72px;"></col>
<col style="width: 68px;"></col>
<col style="width: 83px;"></col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>1 Bulb</strong></p>
</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: solid black 0.5pt; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>2 Bulbs</strong></p>
</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: solid black 0.5pt; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>3 Bulbs</strong></p>
</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: solid black 0.5pt; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>4 Bulbs</strong></p>
</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: solid black 0.5pt; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>5 Bulbs</strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: none; border-left: solid black 0.5pt; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;">Base</p>
</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;">1 Stop</p>
</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;">1.5 Stops</p>
</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;">2 Stops</p>
</td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px; padding-right: 7px; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid black 0.5pt; border-right: solid black 0.5pt;">
<p style="text-align: center;">2.25 Stops</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p><strong><br />
How can we use this information?</strong></p>
<p>If you have a light meter than putting this information to use is just a matter of measure-adjust-repeat until you get the desired light readings you want. With a modern DSLR, we can do this with the camera&#8217;s light meter with fairly good results.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s say we want to use a two-light setup to light a subject&#8217;s face and we want one side 1 stop darker than the lit side.  To begin with we zoom into the lit side of the face (or use the Photovision Digital Calibration target aimed at the light source , the small size works best for this) and adjust the lights until you get a good exposure reading. This is the time to make the camera adjustments to center the exposure in your camera&#8217;s meter.</p>
<div id="attachment_569" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 154px"><img class="size-full wp-image-569 " title="exposure1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/exposure1.gif" alt="" width="144" height="73" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Good Exposure Reading</p></div>
<p>The next step is to meter the shadow side of the face, using the same technique of zooming into the subject or a target to get a meter reading. This time however we want to underexpose by one stop.</p>
<div id="attachment_570" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 154px"><img class="size-full wp-image-570" title="exposure2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/exposure2.gif" alt="" width="144" height="73" /><p class="wp-caption-text">-1 Stop Under Exposed</p></div>
<p>At this point we now have the camera setup for the right exposure on the lit side of the face and we checked to make sure the shadow side was one stop underexposed, we are now good to take our shots and be confident that the lighting will turn out good.<strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Summary</strong><br />
Hopefully this has helped to explain the concept of stops as it pertains to the relative amount of light and how we can use the tools we have available to make sure we have good lighting and exposures. To discuss this with others, please join us in our <a href="http://flickr.com/groups/cameradojo" target="_blank">Camera Dojo Flickr Users Group</a>.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=566&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/07/04/understanding-light-stops/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>16</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/ShootThis_042510-1-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/ShootThis_042510-1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">ShootThis_042510-1</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/ShootThis_042510-1-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/fstops1.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">fstops1</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/fstops1-150x25.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/shutter.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shutter</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/shutter-150x25.gif" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/exposure1.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">exposure1</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/exposure2.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">exposure2</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=566&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Simple Yet Effective On-Location Portrait Lighting Setup</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/25/simple-yet-effective-on-location-portrait-lighting-setup/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/25/simple-yet-effective-on-location-portrait-lighting-setup/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2010 13:42:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting and Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=2061</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I often get asked to do portrait shots during local charity events and getting a simple lighting setup is the key to having a successful event. If you just use on-camera flash you will get ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2144.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2061]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2067" title="IMG_2144" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2144-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>I often get asked to do portrait shots during local charity events and getting a simple lighting setup is the key to having a successful event. If you just use on-camera flash you will get very flat lighting which isn&#8217;t going to make the people look very good plus it also makes harsh shadows behind them. What you really want is some good directional lighting from one side with just enough fill light to reduce shadowing on the other side. In this article we are going to look at the basic lighting setup I use for these types of portraits and how it works.</p>
<h3><span id="more-2061"></span>The Setup</h3>
<p>The setup consists of a seamless paper background suspended on a background stand. To the camera right is 45&#8243; Westcott Halo with a Westcott StrobeLite Plus which is very similar to using a shoot-thru umbrella which provides a good key light for but is big enough to provide a soft transition between the shadows and the highlights. To camera left is a 28&#8243; Westcott Apollo softbox with a Westcott Strobelite Plus which is mostly used to light the background to soften any shadows that fall on it but also spills onto the subject slightly to help soften the shadows caused by the key light. The camera I use is a Canon EOS 50D with a Canon 580 EX II flash mounted on it along with a Lumiquest 80/20 diffuser. The key here is that the 580 EX II is set to manual mode and dialed down to 1/32 power. This means the light from the flash is fairly insignificant to the exposure and is really only used to fire the optical slaves on the StrobeLite&#8217;s. To me this is preferred to having PC Sync cords and can be more reliable than using cheap radio slaves in some conditions.</p>
<div id="attachment_2073" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 465px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/lighting-diagram-1273669580.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2061]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2073" title="lighting-diagram-1273669580" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/lighting-diagram-1273669580-455x500.png" alt="" width="455" height="500" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Portrait Lighting Diagram</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">
<div id="attachment_2072" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2198.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2061]"><img class="size-large wp-image-2072" title="IMG_2198" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2198-500x333.jpg" alt="" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Portrait Lighting Setup</p></div>
<h3>Using the Lighting Setup</h3>
<div id="attachment_2065" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 143px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2125.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2061]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2065" title="IMG_2125" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2125-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Short Lighting</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">Given a perfect setup, I would use a backlight on the background but there isn&#8217;t always enough room to work with when doing these kinds of shoots. By using the Apollo and the Halo in this configuration I am still able to get enough light on the background to give it a type of gradient look that keeps the background from being too boring.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">If someone is facing to their right, I get a nice broad lighting effect, if they are looking to their left, I just pull them a little more away from the background so that the light from the Apollo to the right of the camera will provide a short lighting effect.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Having a versatile lighting setup means you can run people through very quickly and still be able to get a variety of looks without ever having to move lights around.</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Avoid Issues With Glasses</h3>
<p style="text-align: left;">
<div id="attachment_2062" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2091.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2061]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2062" title="IMG_2091" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2091-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Avoid Issues with Glasses</p></div>
<p>By having the lights more off to the side rather than more straight on to the people, we can also minimize issues with glasses.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Lighting is very much basic geometry, the light will bounce off an object at the same angle it hit it. Therefor, is you angle the lights so that light is not going to bounce back to the camera, the lenses in the glasses will show almost no reflection from the light source. The only time this lighting setup presents any issues with glasses is if someone has a tendency to raise their chin up during pictures. A simple suggestion for them to lower their chin should be all that is needed to solve the glasses issue.</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Getting Group Shots</h3>
<p style="text-align: left;">
<div id="attachment_2069" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2185.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2061]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2069" title="IMG_2185" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2185-200x133.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Large Group Shot</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">The biggest problem you will run into in this situation is a large group. This is the only time I will move the lights at all and the key light will be pulled back towards the camera to help reduce shadows on people caused by standing behind or beside someone else that is blocking the light. The bigger issue is getting people to squeeze together enough so that the frame doesn&#8217;t exceed the edges of the background. You might have to get creative in placing people to keep the group width narrow enough. I take the 9&#8242; wide rolls since they will (barely) fit into my car. The 12&#8242; rolls would be better for groups but they are harder to transport and are available in less color options.</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Summary</h3>
<p style="text-align: left;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2124.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g2061]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2064" title="IMG_2124" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2124-133x200.jpg" alt="" width="133" height="200" /></a>The biggest thing when doing a shoot like this is to not over-think it. A simple lighting setup can be very effective. The more complicated you make it, the more problems can arise, the more time it takes to setup and tear down, and the more it costs to acquire in the first place. Keep it simple, position the lights in good spots, get a good meter reading and you will be able to just fire away all night.</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Equipment Used</h3>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-size: small;">Camera:</span></td>
<td><span style="font-size: small;"><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001EQ4BVI?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001EQ4BVI" target="_blank">Canon EOS 50D</a></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-size: small;">Lighting:</span></td>
<td><span style="font-size: small;"><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001AG4ORS?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001AG4ORS" target="_blank">Westcott StrobeLite Plus</a></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="font-size: small;">Modifiers:</span></td>
<td><span style="font-size: small;"><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00022KOWU?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B00022KOWU" target="_blank">Westcott Apollo</a><br />
<a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00009UTY9?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B00009UTY9" target="_blank">Westcott Halo</a></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-size: small;">Processing:</span></td>
<td><span style="font-size: small;">Adobe Lightroom 3.0 Beta 2</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-size: small;">Background:</span></td>
<td><span style="font-size: small;">Savage Paper Thunder Grey</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=2061&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/05/25/simple-yet-effective-on-location-portrait-lighting-setup/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2144-93x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2144.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_2144</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2144-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/lighting-diagram-1273669580.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lighting-diagram-1273669580</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/lighting-diagram-1273669580-127x140.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2198.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_2198</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Portrait Lighting Setup</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2198-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2125.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_2125</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2125-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2091.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_2091</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Avoid Issues with Glasses</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2091-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2185.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_2185</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Large Group Shot</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2185-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2124.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">IMG_2124</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/IMG_2124-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=2061&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast #74 &#8211; Back to the Basics &#8211; Composition with Roberto Valenzuela</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2010/01/19/podcast-74-back-to-the-basics-composition-with-roberto-valenzuela/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2010/01/19/podcast-74-back-to-the-basics-composition-with-roberto-valenzuela/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 20 Jan 2010 02:34:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Featured]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[composition]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[podcast]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1800</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This week we go back to the basics and talk about composition with our good friend Roberto Valenzuela.
Roberto talks about composition and gives the following guidelines:

Choose a selective focusing technique
Placement and composition of your main ...]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1801" title="roberto" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/roberto.jpg" alt="" width="250" height="250" />This week we go back to the basics and talk about composition with our good friend Roberto Valenzuela.</p>
<p>Roberto talks about composition and gives the following guidelines:</p>
<ul>
<li>Choose a selective focusing technique</li>
<li>Placement and composition of your main subject</li>
<li>Use converging lines</li>
<li>Use repetitive elements</li>
<li>Use Framing techniques</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="http://www.robertovalenzuelaphotography.com/">http://www.robertovalenzuelaphotography.com</a> or follow Roberto on twitter at <a href="http://twitter.com/robertophoto">http://twitter.com/robertophoto</a></p>
<p>Roberto also mentioned the <a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&amp;location=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fs%3Fie%3DUTF8%26x%3D0%26ref_%3Dnb%255Fss%26y%3D0%26field-keywords%3Dmagic%2520lantern%2520guides%26url%3Dsearch-alias%253Daps&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=ur2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957">Magic Lantern Guides Camera Books</a><img style="border: none !important; margin: 0px !important;" src="https://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=cameradojo-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /> that help your learn your camera and what the controls do.</p>
<p><a href="http://twitter.com/robertophoto"></a><span id="more-1800"></span></p>
<h3>Show Host</h3>
<p><strong>Kerry Garrison</strong> <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com/"><br />
http://kerrygarrison.com</a> <a href="http://twitter.com/kerrygarrison">Twitter</a> <a href="http://www.facebook.com/garrisonphotography">Facebook</a> <a href="http://friendfeed.com/kerrygarrison">FriendFeed</a></p>
<p>This podcast is also available on iTunes.</p>
<p><a href="http://phobos.apple.com/WebObjects/MZStore.woa/wa/viewPodcast?id=262942668" target="_blank"><img src="http://cameradojo.com/images/itunesbadge.jpg" border="0" alt="Subscribe with itunes" /></a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1800&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2010/01/19/podcast-74-back-to-the-basics-composition-with-roberto-valenzuela/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
			<enclosure url="http://cameradojo.com/podpress_trac/feed/1800/0/CD_074_BackBasicsCompositionRobertoValenzuela.mp3" length="54921934" type="audio/mpeg" />
		<itunes:duration>0:57:08</itunes:duration>
		<itunes:subtitle>This week we go back to the basics and talk about composition with our good friend Roberto Valenzuela.
Roberto talks about composition and gives the following guidelines:

Choose a selective focusing technique
Placement and composition of your main [...]</itunes:subtitle>
		<itunes:summary>This week we go back to the basics and talk about composition with our good friend Roberto Valenzuela.
Roberto talks about composition and gives the following guidelines:

Choose a selective focusing technique
Placement and composition of your main subject
Use converging lines
Use repetitive elements
Use Framing techniques

http://www.robertovalenzuelaphotography.com or follow Roberto on twitter at http://twitter.com/robertophoto
Roberto also mentioned the Magic Lantern Guides Camera Books that help your learn your camera and what the controls do.

Show Host
Kerry Garrison 
http://kerrygarrison.com Twitter Facebook FriendFeed
This podcast is also available on iTunes.

</itunes:summary>
		<itunes:keywords>Featured, Podcasts</itunes:keywords>
		<itunes:author>kgarrison@gmail.com</itunes:author>
		<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
		<itunes:block>no</itunes:block>

		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/roberto-140x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/roberto.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">roberto</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/roberto-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com//www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=cameradojo-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/images/itunesbadge.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Subscribe with itunes</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1800&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Video: Hows does aperture affect your shot</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/27/video-hows-does-aperture-affect-your-shot/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/27/video-hows-does-aperture-affect-your-shot/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 27 Jun 2009 15:36:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Videos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[depth of field]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dof]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1474</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Adam Mason asked us how aperture can affect your shot. To answer the question Kerry explains what aperture is and then demonstrates how it can be used to alter the look of the image you are trying to create. By learning how to use your aperture to control light and depth of field you can dramatically change the look of your photographs.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Mason asked us how aperture can affect your shot. To answer the question Kerry explains what aperture is and then demonstrates how it can be used to alter the look of the image you are trying to create. By learning how to use your aperture to control light and depth of field you can dramatically change the look of your photographs.</p>
<p><object classid="clsid:d27cdb6e-ae6d-11cf-96b8-444553540000" width="560" height="340" codebase="http://download.macromedia.com/pub/shockwave/cabs/flash/swflash.cab#version=6,0,40,0"><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/JPRIGo_Y_wQ&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1&amp;color1=0xe1600f&amp;color2=0xfebd01" /><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><embed type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="560" height="340" src="http://www.youtube.com/v/JPRIGo_Y_wQ&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1&amp;color1=0xe1600f&amp;color2=0xfebd01" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<p><strong>Similar Articles</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a rel="bookmark" href="../2009/01/28/understanding-exposure-with-the-exposure-triangle/">Understanding Exposure with the Exposure Triangle</a></li>
<li><a rel="bookmark" href="../2008/12/04/photography-basics-beginners-guide-to-aperture/">Photography Basics: Beginners Guide to Aperture</a></li>
<li><a rel="bookmark" href="../2008/11/26/photography-basics-controlling-exposure/">Photography Basics: Controlling Exposure</a></li>
<li><a rel="bookmark" href="../2008/09/09/how-to-calculate-depth-of-field/">How to Calculate Depth of Field</a></li>
</ul>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1474&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/27/video-hows-does-aperture-affect-your-shot/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1474&amp;type=feed" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1474&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Classic Portrait Lighting Styles Part I</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/13/classic-portrait-lighting-styles-part-i/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/13/classic-portrait-lighting-styles-part-i/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2009 02:22:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Portrait]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ratios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shadows]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1429</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[As we continue our series on portrait lighting we now need to look at the different types of classic portrait lighting and see the effect it has on someone so we can decided when to use each type. By choosing the proper lighting for a particular person, we can help them to look their best by making them appear to be thinner or wider or to accent or minimize certain facial features.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/chris-franklin.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1429]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1405" title="chris-franklin.jpg" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/chris-franklin-133x200.jpg" alt="chris-franklin.jpg" width="133" height="200" /></a>As we continue our series on portrait lighting we now need to look at the different types of classic portrait lighting and see the effect it has on someone so we can decided when to use each type. By choosing the proper lighting for a particular person, we can help them to look their best by making them appear to be thinner or wider or to accent or minimize certain facial features.<span id="more-1429"></span></p>
<h3>How to get the lighting we want</h3>
<p>By now we would hope you wouldnâ€™t be asking how to get your lighting setup dialed in, but if you need a little refresher you should start off with the following articles:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/10/lighting-ratios-for-portraits/">Lighting ratios for portraits</a></li>
<li><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/06/using-a-light-meter-for-proper-exposure/">Using a Light Meter for Proper Exposure</a></li>
<li><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/24/understanding-light-stops/">Understanding Light Stops</a></li>
</ul>
<p>For the rest of the article, different images will also be presented with lighting diagrams to help illustrate exactly how each look was obtained.</p>
<h3>Broad Lighting</h3>
<p>Broad lighting is certainly the easiest lighting style to use since the camera side of the face is lit brighter than the far side of the face. This look is easily obtained by simply bouncing your flash off a wall or reflector to the side of the camera back onto the subject. Broad lighting used to be taught as the â€œfeminine lightingâ€ but that is certainly not always the case.Â  Broad lighting will tend to make a face look wider which is not always a look that is the most flattering. With the right subject, broad lighting can certainly achieve very nice results.</p>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/2009060362.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1429]"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: block; float: none; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: auto; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: auto" title="20090603-6-2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/2009060362_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="20090603-6-2" width="554" height="374" /></a></p>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/broadlighting.gif" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1429]"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: block; float: none; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: auto; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: auto" title="LightingSetup" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/broadlighting_thumb.gif" border="0" alt="LightingSetup" width="550" height="384" /></a></p>
<p>With the subject facing to the camera right and a large light source to the camera left a broad light effect is created putting the side of the face furthest from the camera into shadow. With the tilt of her head it gave her face a more rounded appearance.</p>
<h3>Short Lighting</h3>
<p>Short lighting is considered by many to be the most flattering style and is certainly my personal favorite. Short lighting will tend to make a face look thinner. Short lighting is also harder to achieve because it virtually requires off-camera lighting since the light is coming from behind the subject.</p>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/shortlighting.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1429]"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: block; float: none; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; margin-left: auto; border-left-width: 0px; margin-right: auto" title="shortlighting" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/shortlighting_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="shortlighting" width="554" height="374" /></a></p>
<p><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/shortlighting.gif" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1429]"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px" title="LightingSetup" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/shortlighting_thumb.gif" border="0" alt="LightingSetup" width="550" height="378" /></a></p>
<p>With the shadow on the camera side of the face, the face looks thinner. Keep in mind, the examples so far have been achieved on the same location spot using only natural light and simply moving the subject and camera position to get the desired look.</p>
<h3>Split Lighting</h3>
<p>Split lighting is not very popular and is probably the least used of the different lighting styles. In split lighting the light is split down the middle of the subjectâ€™s face dividing it in half. The lighting setup is fairly simple with two lights on either side of the subject and one using less power than the other. I personally really like the split lighting effect to give someone some images that will have a different look than they are likely to get from other photographers.</p>
<p align="center"><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1429]"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px" title="splitlighting" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="splitlighting" width="254" height="376" /></a> <a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting2.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1429]"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px" title="splitlighting2" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting2_thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="splitlighting2" width="254" height="376" /></a></p>
<p align="center"><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting.gif" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1429]"><img style="border-right-width: 0px; display: inline; border-top-width: 0px; border-bottom-width: 0px; border-left-width: 0px" title="LightingSetup" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting_thumb.gif" border="0" alt="LightingSetup" width="550" height="378" /></a></p>
<p align="left">As you can see, split lighting can be very effective and with just a slight turn of the head can look like a mix of split lighting and short lighting,</p>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>I hope this has given you a new set of tools to use to improve your portrait lighting techniques, done properly you can achieve a very classic, timeless look that your clients will love. The key to mastering any of these is to practice, practice, practice. Get some lights setup for one style, maybe get a model from a place like <a href="http://modelmayhem.com" target="_blank">Model Mayhem</a>, and work on each style until you really have it nailed down. Next time we will look at Rembrandt and Butterfly lighting.</p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1429&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/13/classic-portrait-lighting-styles-part-i/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/chris-franklin-93x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/chris-franklin.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">chris-franklin.jpg</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/chris-franklin-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/2009060362_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">20090603-6-2</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/broadlighting_thumb.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">LightingSetup</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/shortlighting_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">shortlighting</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/shortlighting_thumb.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">LightingSetup</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">splitlighting</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting2_thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">splitlighting2</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/splitlighting_thumb.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">LightingSetup</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1429&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast #53 &#8211; Using a Light Meter</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/09/podcast-53-using-a-light-meter/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/09/podcast-53-using-a-light-meter/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2009 02:06:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Podcasts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[listeners]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[podcast]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1400</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Kerry and David start off with discussing some high school grad night party jobs they have been doing recently and how they went after that market.

Later, the guys discuss the use of a light meter and how it can help you get your exposures fast and accurately in-camera and save you time in post-production.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/dojopodcast.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1400]"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1120" title="dojopodcast" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/dojopodcast.jpg" alt="dojopodcast" width="88" height="200" /></a>Kerry and David start off with discussing some high school grad night party jobs they have been doing recently and how they went after that market.</p>
<p>Later, the guys discuss the use of a light meter and how it can help you get your exposures fast and accurately in-camera and save you time in post-production.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Show Hosts</span></p>
<p>Kerry Garrison<br />
<a href="http://kerrygarrison.com/">http://kerrygarrison.com</a><br />
Twitter:  <a href="http://twitter.com/kerrygarrison" target="_blank">http://twitter.com/kerrygarrison</a> Facebook: <a href="http://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=822369545" target="_blank">http://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=822369545</a></p>
<p>David Esquire<br />
<a href="http://esquirephotography.com/">http://esquirephotography.com</a><br />
Twitter:  <a href="http://twitter.com/esquirephoto" target="_blank">http://twitter.com/esquirephoto</a> Facebook: <a href="http://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=636655600" target="_blank">http://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=636655600</a></p>
<p>This podcast is also available on iTunes.</p>
<p><a href="http://phobos.apple.com/WebObjects/MZStore.woa/wa/viewPodcast?id=262942668" target="_blank"><img src="http://cameradojo.com/images/itunesbadge.jpg" border="0" alt="Subscribe with itunes" /></a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1400&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/09/podcast-53-using-a-light-meter/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
			<enclosure url="http://cameradojo.com/podpress_trac/feed/1400/0/CD_053_UsingLightMeter.mp3" length="34285747" type="audio/mpeg" />
		<itunes:duration>0:47:27</itunes:duration>
		<itunes:subtitle>Kerry and David start off with discussing some high school grad night party jobs they have been doing recently and how they went after that market.

Later, the guys discuss the use of a light meter and how it can help you get your exposures fast a[...]</itunes:subtitle>
		<itunes:summary>Kerry and David start off with discussing some high school grad night party jobs they have been doing recently and how they went after that market.

Later, the guys discuss the use of a light meter and how it can help you get your exposures fast and accurately in-camera and save you time in post-production.</itunes:summary>
		<itunes:keywords>Podcasts</itunes:keywords>
		<itunes:author>kgarrison@gmail.com</itunes:author>
		<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
		<itunes:block>no</itunes:block>

		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/dojopodcast-61x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/dojopodcast.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">dojopodcast</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/dojopodcast-61x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/images/itunesbadge.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Subscribe with itunes</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1400&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using a Light Meter for Proper Exposure</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/06/using-a-light-meter-for-proper-exposure/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/06/using-a-light-meter-for-proper-exposure/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Jun 2009 19:01:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photoshop tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Light Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter speed]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1394</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I have heard the phrase â€œI donâ€™t need no stinking light meterâ€ more times than I can count, your LCD display and histogram are all you need for a perfect exposure right? Would you be surprised if I told you that your camera was lying to you? We first need to know why our LCD and histogram is wrong before we can believe that using a light meter will be of benefit.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="size-full wp-image-1395 alignright" title="l358" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/l358.jpg" alt="l358" width="205" height="456" />I have heard the phrase â€œI donâ€™t need no stinking light meterâ€ more times than I can count, your LCD display and histogram are all you need for a perfect exposure right? Would you be surprised if I told you that your camera was lying to you? We first need to know <em>why</em> our LCD and histogram is wrong before we can believe that using a light meter will be of benefit.</p>
<h3><span id="more-1394"></span>That Cheatinâ€™ Histogram</h3>
<p>Letâ€™s look at what happens when we take a picture with our DSLRs. The exposure meter in the camera is using reflective light instead of incident light so a manâ€™s tux will show a different meter reading than a brideâ€™s dress even if the exposure for both of them was correct since the white dress will reflect more light than the tux, thus throwing the exposure meter out of whack. Secondly, when we press the shutter the camera creates a JPEG image with all of your picture settings and an S-Curve applied. Yes, this happens even if you are shooting in RAW mode since the display on the LCD is actually the JPEG image which is also the image the camera uses to calculate the histogram. I canâ€™t count the times that my exposure meter was dead center, the preview looked great, and the histogram was good but when I brought up the RAW image in Lightroom, the image wasnâ€™t quite exposed as well as I expected. Anyone who shoots a lot can attest to this issue. Yes, your LCD and histogram are <em>usually accurate enough, </em>but if you want to be accurate <em>all the time</em> then you need a reading from the point of few of the subject by measuring the actual amount of light <em>hitting</em> the subject and not the amount of light <em>reflected</em> by the subject.</p>
<h3>What does a light meter tell you?</h3>
<p>I asked a handful of photographers who had never used a light meter what they thought a light meter would tell them and surprisingly few actually knew even the basic functions of all light meters did with â€œMeasure the light I guessâ€ being the top answer. Even the most basic of light meters will allow you to set the ISO speed you want to use, then you set the shutter speed or aperture to what you want to use and the meter will give you the correct settings for a proper exposure. More fancy ones can also fire your flash equipment and some will even calculate the amount of flash versus ambient light.</p>
<p>Letâ€™s say we have a nice bright sunny day and we set our ISO to 200, and our aperture to f/16, if we take a reading we will probably get something like 1/200th of a second as our shutter speed for a good exposure. With most digital light meters you can then make adjustments to the shutter or aperture and it will change the values on the screen to tell you what to change the other setting to.</p>
<p>If you arenâ€™t familiar with the relationship between ISO, Shutter Speed, and Aperture, you should read the article we have about it (Link: <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/28/understanding-exposure-with-the-exposure-triangle/" target="_blank">The Exposure Triangle</a>).</p>
<h3>Testing the theory</h3>
<p>Ok, I am sure many of you are skeptical that your camera, even a high end pro-series camera isnâ€™t going to be dead-nuts accurate, but letâ€™s take a few tests and see what our camera is telling us.</p>
<p>The following is a series of images of a product that has a black front and a light top, not something a cameraâ€™s meter is going to be good at so it will help illustrate the point well. Simply adjusting the cameraâ€™s settings to center the cameraâ€™s exposure meter at ISO 200, f/5.6 the camera gave us a setting of 1/400th shutter speed. Shooting the gray side of a WhiBal card it changed to 1/400th of a second, and shooting the gray/white/black side we got a setting of 1/640th of a second. By doing this test we can see that the cameraâ€™s exposure meter is going to change based on how reflective the subject is. In each image you can also see Photoshopâ€™s histogram to see where the imageâ€™s exposure actually came in at.</p>
<p align="center"><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1394]"><img style="border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter1-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="" width="404" height="273" /></a><br />
Image 1 &#8211; ISO 200 f/5.6 1/400th &#8211; Slightly Underexposed (Based on WhiBal Gray)</p>
<p align="center">
<p align="center"><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter3.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1394]"><img style="border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter3-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="" width="404" height="273" /></a><br />
Image 2 &#8211; ISO 200 f/5.6 1/640th &#8211; Underexposed (based on WhiBal White/Black/Gray)</p>
<p align="center">
<p align="center"><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter4.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1394]"><img style="border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter4-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="" width="404" height="273" /></a><br />
Image 3 &#8211; ISO 200 f/5.6 1/200th &#8211; Showing good exposure (based on light meter)</p>
<p>Now some people may say that a perfect exposure should be centered in the histogram, however, digital sensors retain more detail in the highlights than they do in the shadows so you actually want your highlights to be fairly far to the right without going into the last little bit of the histogram which is exactly what we got with the final image.</p>
<h3>But how does the meter know what the background is?</h3>
<p>One of the most commonly asked questions is how does the meter know what the background of the subject is, since that should affect the exposure right? Well, letâ€™s just try some experiments and see what we get. The following images were taken using the exposure settings provided by the light meter which were identical for both images, take a close look at the histogram for each image.</p>
<p align="center"><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter6.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1394]"><img style="border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter6-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="" width="404" height="273" /></a><br />
ISO 400 f/4.0 1/125th &#8211; Properly Exposed yet histogram says its underexposed</p>
<p align="center">
<p align="center"><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter7.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1394]"><img style="border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter7-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="" width="404" height="273" /></a><br />
ISO 400 f/4.0 1/125th &#8211; Properly Exposed yet histogram says its overexposed</p>
<p>Of course the white paper is providing some bounce light that is providing more details around the edges and since I only metered for the center of center of the phone. So yes, the background <em>can</em> affect the exposure because you may not be metering for any reflected light, although this is typically only a problem with a situation like this. If I wanted to expose for the edges, then I could have metered at the edges. Does this mean the background affected the exposure? Yes, but only because the background in this situation actually is acting as a light source that is reflecting light into the edges around the product.</p>
<h3>Will a light meter work properly in every situation?</h3>
<p>So far we have looked at using a light meter for incident lighting, where this can break down is with highly reflective surfaces or in situation where the lighting is uneven, in this case a reflective meter is going to be more accurate. Most all light meters can do both types by adjusting or moving the light sensor dome. In reflective mode, the meter is going to act just like the meter on the camera.</p>
<p>Like anything else, a light meter is just another tool that is designed for a specific purpose. Used properly, it can dramatically improve your exposures and you camera setup time. The following image was taken in bright daylight with a large diffuser to the camera right and a large beauty dish flash to camera left. Combined with the ambient light, that is three different light values. With the light meter getting a reading taken at the subjects face, and the meter facing the camera, the settings provided were certainly dead on.</p>
<p align="center"><a rel="thumbnail" href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/2009060311.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1394]"><img style="border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; display: inline; border-top: 0px; border-right: 0px" title="20090603-11" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/2009060311-thumb.jpg" border="0" alt="20090603-11" width="404" height="599" /></a><br />
Model: Taylor Thorne</p>
<h3>Ok, I want one, what do I do?</h3>
<p>Light meters, especially used ones can be had for pretty reasonable prices. I see meters like the Sekonic L-358, which is a pretty nice meter with lots of functionality, often sell for $150-$200 on Craigslist. Cheaper models with less features, but still fully capable can be had for as little as $50-$60.</p>
<p>Model: <a href="http://www.myspace.com/456129077" target="_blank">Taylor Thorne</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1394&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/06/06/using-a-light-meter-for-proper-exposure/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>13</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/l358-62x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/l358.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">l358</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/l358-62x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter1-thumb.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter3-thumb.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter4-thumb.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter6-thumb.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/meter7-thumb.jpg" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/2009060311-thumb.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">20090603-11</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1394&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>SpyderCUBE White Balance Tool &#8211; A Must Have Gadget</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/31/spydercube-white-balance-tool-a-must-have-gadget/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/31/spydercube-white-balance-tool-a-must-have-gadget/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 31 May 2009 21:49:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mauricen</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[color]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[raw]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[White Balance]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1340</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Once in a while a product comes along that is so clever, so right, it is just a "must have" product.  While at PMA, I stumbled on such a product.  The SpyderCUBE by Datacolor is one of those products.  Nothing it does is really new, but it does everything right, in a small package, with more features than most any competitive product on the market. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="attachment_1341" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 150px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/photo_spydercube2_500.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-1341" title="SpyderCUBE by Datacolor" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/photo_spydercube2_500-140x140.jpg" alt="SpyderCUBE by Datacolor" width="140" height="140" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">SpyderCUBE by Datacolor</p></div>
<p>Once in a while a product comes along that is so clever, so right, it is just a &#8220;must have&#8221; product.Â  While at PMA, I stumbled on such a product.Â  The <a title="SpyderCUBE for white balance" href="http://spyder.datacolor.com/product-cb-spydercube.php" target="_blank">SpyderCUBE</a> by <a title="SpyderCUBE by Datacolor" href="http://www.datacolor.com/" target="_blank">Datacolor</a> is one of those products.Â  Nothing it does is really new, but it does everything right, in a small package, with more features than most any competitive product on the market.Â  For me personally, this gadget has single-handedly obsoleted my gray cards, ExpoDisc and most all other white balance devices I have seen.</p>
<p><span id="more-1340"></span></p>
<h3>Overview</h3>
<p>First, this is an ABS plastic/resin cube with a tripod mount on the bottom stem and a metallic ball on the top.Â  By putting this object in a photo you shoot, you get a whole slew of exposure, white balance, specular highlight, black level, absolute black, neutral gray and white readings in light from multiple directions, all in one place from a single tool.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>It&#8217;s not a complexly built product, but it is a lot more sophisticated than a piece of gray cardboard that gets bent up in the pouch of your camera bag.Â  Each and every feature and surface of the device has a specific purpose.Â  If you use Aperture or Lightroom, taking advantage of this tool is quick and easy.</p>
<div id="tcontent1" class="tabcontent" style="display: block;">
<p class="title">Features &amp; Benefits (from the Datacolor website)</p>
<ul>
<li>Capture accurate color without a lot of trial and error manipulation</li>
<li>Spectrally Neutral, so that Cube responds accurately to all lighting conditions</li>
<li>Provides reference values to check and adjust RAW control settings</li>
<li> Includes Black Trap for shadow detail control</li>
<li>Allows users to instantly correct color images by setting color temperature value</li>
<li>Allows users to accurately adjust shadows and highlight detail in any RAW image</li>
<li>Ideal for location shooting (outdoor or indoor) and studios</li>
<li>Essential for RAW conversion, and can also be used when correcting images in a JPG workflow</li>
</ul>
<p>Yes, you read that right&#8230; this will also help you get that perfect white balance even if you shoot JPEGs instead of RAW.Â  That means you can white balance photos from your small PHD cameras* too.</p></div>
<h3>Specifications</h3>
<div id="tcontent2" class="tabcontent" style="display: block;">
<p>The SpyderCube is made of what Datacolor calls &#8220;ABS Cycoloy&#8221;, a hybrid resin that is fade proof and extremely durable.Â  They tell us that the colors are pigmented all the way through the resin for durability, and are scientifically formulated to provide optimal color values, including an 18% gray which defines a new standard for spectral neutrality to provide accurate color balance under any light source.</p></div>
<h3>Usage</h3>
<p>I have used this product in a couple of tests so far with my Canon 5D Mark II, and the results are both amazing and as expected.Â  At the beginning of my shoot, I put this SpyderCUBE (attached to a flexible tripod) on a flat surface somewhere in the shoot.Â  I take an initial shot with it in the photo.Â  Once I get into Lightroom, I use the eyedropper to set my white balance setting for the room, and then apply that setting across the rest of the photos that I shot in that scene.</p>
<p>Another possibility is to use the cube in a photo to set the on-camera custom white balance.Â  If you get the cube to take up a a good bit of the image, the camera can set white balance right from it.</p>
<h3>Results</h3>
<div id="attachment_1356" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1356" title="forest1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest1-200x133.jpg" alt="forest1" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Original Auto White Balance Canon 5DII</p></div>
<p>So, here are some tests that I did to see how well this works.Â  Follow along with me.</p>
<p>First, I grabbed my Canon 5D Mark II with a 16-35MM F2.8L lens and set white balance to auto white balance (AWB), walked out my back door, sat the SpyderCUBE with a mini-tripod onto a crate of travertine on my back patio.Â  There is some white Styrofoam and fairly white stone there in the shot, so I figured it would get a pretty decent white balance with the auto setting on my camera.Â  As you can see, the photo isn&#8217;t too bad for color (click it to enlarge).Â  The camera calculated the white balance at 4500ÂºK.</p>
<div id="attachment_1366" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/eyedroppertool.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1366" title="eyedroppertool" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/eyedroppertool-200x145.jpg" alt="Lightroom's eyedropper tool" width="200" height="145" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lightroom&#39;s eyedropper tool</p></div>
<p>I then brought the image into Adobe LightRoom to do a little light balance work there.Â  In the develop mode of lightroom, there is a small eyedropper you can select and use to point to a neutral gray on the image.Â  This is what the SpyderCUBE is all about&#8230; giving you that perfect neutral gray in both direct light and indirect light.Â  You can see from the image to the right that the Lightroom eyedropper gives a pattern of pixel colors around where you are about to click, as well as the RGB value of the pixel you are hovering over.</p>
<div id="attachment_1357" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest-corrected.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1357" title="forest-corrected" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest-corrected-200x133.jpg" alt="Lightroom Corrected - 5000ÂºK" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Lightroom Corrected - 5000ÂºK</p></div>
<p>Once you click the mouse, Lightroom immediately re-calculates the white balance for the scene and changes the white balance setting to the new calculation.Â  In this case, that setting is 500ÂºK warmer, or 5000ÂºK.Â  If I had just shot a whole series of photos in this scene, I would now apply the new white balance setting to all of the images in the series to get the color correct on all of them.Â  This one step alone can save many of us from manually tweaking the color settings in our images, but shooting outdoors is not typically a hard situation to white balance.</p>
<div id="attachment_1359" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1359" title="studiolights" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights-200x194.jpg" alt="Mixed lighting indoors + AWB" width="200" height="194" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Mixed lighting indoors + AWB</p></div>
<p>A scenario that is really hard for most cameras to auto white balance is a mixture of indoor light sources, including halogen, tungsten, fluorescent and ambient light from windows.Â  I am sure that many of you have had this situation where you shoot an indoor scene with AWB set and what you get is an orange cast image that is just completely wrong as your camera&#8217;s auto white balance just cannot figure out the lighting.Â  So, I have set up that exact situation with the modeling lights from my strobes through soft boxes and halogen overhead lights, plus mid-day sunlight coming in through the windows.Â  This shot is a mess!Â  And it is so typical of using the AWB setting on so many cameras when shooting indoors.</p>
<div id="attachment_1360" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/4050k.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1360" title="4050k" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/4050k-200x108.png" alt="Camera AWB reading" width="200" height="108" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Camera AWB reading</p></div>
<p>Looking at the settings in Lightroom, this image was read as a color temperture of 4050ÂºK.Â  The multiple light sources have thrown the camera for a loop.Â  But again, with the eyedropper and selecting the neutral gray, and this time you can see a much more dramatic change over the last example.</p>
<div id="attachment_1361" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights-corrected.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1361" title="studiolights-corrected" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights-corrected-200x194.jpg" alt="Corrected White Balance" width="200" height="194" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Corrected White Balance</p></div>
<p>The corrected image now has a color space of 2750ÂºK, which is 1300ÂºK different than the original calculations by the camera.Â  And look how obvious that difference is! As a matter of fact, I could not find a single situation where the color wasn&#8217;t ever so slightly off from my camera using the AWB setting.Â  That alone tells me that this SpyderCUBE needs to travel everywhere my camera travels.</p>
<div id="attachment_1362" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/histogramoff.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1362" title="histogramoff" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/histogramoff-200x121.png" alt="Histogram as shot" width="200" height="121" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Histogram as shot</p></div>
<p>This brings up another interesting tip with Lightroom and using the Histogram in the upper right corner.Â  Let&#8217;s take a look at the Histogram for this image (right).Â  Notice the triangles at the upper left and right of this image?Â  They actually serve a purpose.Â  They can tell you if your image has absolute blacks and whites in the range of the image.Â  Notice how both triangles are gray &#8211; the same color a the background of the Histogram?</p>
<div id="attachment_1363" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/noblue.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1363" title="noblue" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/noblue-200x125.png" alt="No blue shows here" width="200" height="125" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">No blue shows here</p></div>
<p>If you click on the triangle, it will highlight.Â  If you look at your image, it will now show blue wherever absolute black appears in the photo.Â  In this case, there really isn&#8217;t any absolute black to notice.Â  Even the hole in the bottom of the SpyderCUBE is not showing any blue.Â  But we can fix this.</p>
<div id="attachment_1364" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 151px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/blueappears.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1364" title="blueappears" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/blueappears-141x200.jpg" alt="Sliding the Histogram" width="141" height="200" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Sliding the Histogram</p></div>
<p>Next, we roll our mouse pointer over the lower portion of the Histogram, and click.Â  A &lt;|&gt; symbol appears and we can now drag the histogram for the lower light portion of the image and move the black point.Â  As we slowly move it left, you will see the triangle turn blue just as the first pixels of absolute black appear on the screen.Â  Move it a touch more and it turns white.Â  When the triangle is gray, none of the image is at absolute black.Â  When it turns blue, the image is perfectly set with the darkest color in the photo at absolute black.Â  As you drag further and it turns white you are now clipping some of the darker colors in the image to black.Â  This is a powerful tool and tells us a lot about the luminance range of our image.</p>
<div id="attachment_1369" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/whiteclip1.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1369" title="whiteclip1" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/whiteclip1-200x136.jpg" alt="White point clipping" width="200" height="136" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">White point clipping</p></div>
<p>The upper end of the histogram serves the same purpose with the white point of the image.Â  When I click it, the specular highlight of the SpiderCUBE&#8217;s chrome ball reflects the brightest light source in the image and pixels begin to appear in red where the white point of the image begins to clip.Â  By adjusting this area of the histogram, we can fine tune the white point of the image and control the clipping at the brightest point we wish. You can also click both of the triangles and see the white and black clipping points in red and blue at the same time.</p>
<div id="attachment_1367" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1367" title="in-camera-wb" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb-200x133.jpg" alt="in-camera-wb" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">AWB shot for in camera WB</p></div>
<p>One last test was to see if I could set the camera&#8217;s custom white balance from just shooting the SpyderCUBE.Â  Using the same lighting setup as the studio shots above, I put the SpyderCUBE about 6&#8243; away from my lens and shot it with AWB.Â  As you can see, the same white point issues.Â  This shot came out at around 4150ÂºK, which is pretty far off.Â  I then went into the menu on the camera and told it to set a custom white balance using this photo as a reference.Â  This was an interesting test as I made sure that there were other colors visible in the photo.</p>
<div id="attachment_1368" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb-set.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1340]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1368" title="in-camera-wb-set" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb-set-200x133.jpg" alt="In-camera custom white balance" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">In-camera custom white balance</p></div>
<p>The camera re-set the white balance to 2900ÂºK.Â  I changed exposure slightly, took the SpyderCUBE out of the shot and re-took the photo with the new white balance setting, and as you can see&#8230; a huge improvement!Â  Once again, the SpyderCUBE has done its job.Â  even with all kinds of strange light combinations, it has saved the day and set the white balance properly.Â  From now on, this little baby goes wherever my camera goes.</p>
<p>The SpyderCUBE is available at B&amp;H and Amazon for $59 as of the writing of this review.Â  Although it is a bit more than you will pay for a white balance card, and a little bulkier, there are some distinct advantages to having the extra features of this product&#8230; like specular highlight and absolute black.</p>
<p>The SpyderCUBE and a series of demonstration videos videos can be found at the <a title="SpyederCUBE" href="http://spyder.datacolor.com/product-cb-spydercube.php" target="_blank">Datacolor</a> website.</p>
<p><strong>Product Review Scorecard</strong></p>
<table style="width: 138px;" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Features:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Setup:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Usage:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Results:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top"><strong>Price:</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top">4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="77" valign="top">
<p align="right"><strong>Overall:<br />
</strong></td>
<td style="width: 59px;" align="center" valign="top"><strong>5</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>*PHD Cameras &#8211; Acronym for &#8220;Push Here, Dummy&#8221;, meaning the world of simple point and click digital cameras.</p>
<p><strong><strong>Author: </strong></strong><a title="Internet Marketing Specialist, Designer, Photographer" onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/outbound/article/www.webscience.com');" href="http://www.webscience.com/">Maurice Naragon</a><br />
Digital  Creations<br />
<a onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/outbound/article/www.webscience.com');" href="http://www.webscience.com/" target="_blank">Website Development  and Marketing</a><br />
<a onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/outbound/article/www.headcheese.com');" href="http://www.headcheese.com/" target="_blank">Professional  Photography in Orange County, CA</a><strong><strong><br />
</strong></strong></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1340&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/05/31/spydercube-white-balance-tool-a-must-have-gadget/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/photo_spydercube2_500-140x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/photo_spydercube2_500-140x140.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">SpyderCUBE by Datacolor</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest1-200x133.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">forest1</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/eyedroppertool-200x145.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">eyedroppertool</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/forest-corrected-200x133.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">forest-corrected</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights-200x194.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">studiolights</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/4050k-200x108.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">4050k</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/studiolights-corrected-200x194.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">studiolights-corrected</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/histogramoff-200x121.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">histogramoff</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/noblue-200x125.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">noblue</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/blueappears-141x200.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">blueappears</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/whiteclip1-200x136.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">whiteclip1</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb-200x133.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">in-camera-wb</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/in-camera-wb-set-200x133.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">in-camera-wb-set</media:title>
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1340&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Understanding Exposure with the Exposure Triangle</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/28/understanding-exposure-with-the-exposure-triangle/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/28/understanding-exposure-with-the-exposure-triangle/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2009 23:50:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Headline]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1068</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Based on comments and emails I have received there are still some people that are confused about how the three elements of exposure play together to determine how dark or bright an image is. Today I want you to think of the three elements of exposure as the three points of a triangle each having an equal effect on the final exposure of the image.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/exposure_triangle.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1068]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1069" title="exposure_triangle" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/exposure_triangle-200x119.jpg" alt="exposure_triangle" width="200" height="119" /></a>Based on comments and emails I have received there are still some people that are confused about how the three elements of exposure play together to determine how dark or bright an image is. Today I want you to think of the three elements of exposure as the three points of a triangle each having an equal effect on the final exposure of the image.</p>
<h2><span id="more-1068"></span>It all adds up</h2>
<p>If the visual references isn&#8217;t quite enough, then another way to think about it is to think of a perfect exposure as the combination of the right proportion of ingredients made up of ISO, Shutter Speed, and Aperture setting. If a perfect exposure = 9, and you have equal parts of Shutter, ISO, and Aperture, then you have a good mix (3+3+3 = 9). If you need to adjust one of the ingredients, then you have to adjust one of the others to come up with the same final number (2+4+3=9), subract from one, you have to add to another to make up the difference. If you have too much of one, without substracting from another, you end up with an overexposed image. Conversly, if you take away from one but don&#8217;t add another, you end up with an underexposed image.</p>
<h2>The Sunny 16 Example</h2>
<h2><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_8296.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1068]"><img class="alignright size-thumbnail wp-image-1070" title="img_8296" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_8296-93x140.jpg" alt="img_8296" width="93" height="140" /></a></h2>
<p>In a previous article we looked at the sunny 16 rule, this states that on a bright sunny day, a perfect exposure should be f/16, ISO 200, 1/200th of a second. (ISO and shutter are the reciprocal of each other). If we wanted a shallower depth of field and wanted a larger aperture like f/2.8, then since f/2.8 is 5 stops brighter than f/16, we would then need to compensate with either a lower ISO or a faster shutter. Increasing the shutter is the easiest in this example then we need 5 stops of shutter giving us a speed of 1/6400th of a second.</p>
<h2>Low Light Adjustments</h2>
<h2><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_0911.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1068]"><img class="alignright size-thumbnail wp-image-1071" title="img_0911" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_0911-140x93.jpg" alt="img_0911" width="140" height="93" /></a></h2>
<p>In low light we have the opposite issue, trying to get enough light into the camera. We only go so slow before we run into blurring issues with slow shutter speeds, and the aperture limit is going to be based on the lens we are using. If we still don&#8217;t have a bright enough exposure then we have to compensate by increasing the ISO speed.</p>
<h2>Bringing it all together</h2>
<p>While each setting can have an effect on the overall image quality, the sum of the three effect the overall exposure. For a refresher on the other settings, be sure and go back through these previous articles:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/04/photography-basics-beginners-guide-to-aperture/">Beginner&#8217;s Guide to Aperture</a></li>
<li><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/26/photography-basics-controlling-exposure/">Controlling Exposure</a></li>
<li><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/18/the-sunny-16-rule-in-photography/">The Sunny 16 Rule in Photography</a></li>
<li><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/08/31/capturing-a-sense-of-motion-with-shutter-speed/">Capturing movement with shutter speed</a></li>
<li><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2007/11/04/understanding-depth-of-field/">Understanding Depth of Field</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1068&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/28/understanding-exposure-with-the-exposure-triangle/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>16</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/exposure_triangle-140x83.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/exposure_triangle.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">exposure_triangle</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/exposure_triangle-140x83.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_8296.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_8296</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_8296-93x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_0911.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0911</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_0911-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1068&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Reader Question &#8211; Books about posing</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/24/reader-question-books-about-posing/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/24/reader-question-books-about-posing/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 24 Jan 2009 14:07:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Book]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[photographer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[technique]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1057</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Heather wrote in with the following question and we thought it deserved more than just a quick email response.

"Hey Guys,

I got a question for ya. Sorry the answer to this might already be on your site somewhere but I'd just thought I would msg you instead. I was wondering if you had any suggestions for photography books either having to do w/ business or the technical side of things. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/posing.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1057]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1058" title="posing" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/posing-134x200.jpg" alt="posing" width="134" height="200" /></a>Heather wrote in with the following question and we thought it deserved more than just a quick email response.</p>
<p>&#8220;<em>Hey Guys,<br />
</em></p>
<p><em>I got a question for ya. Sorry the answer to this might already be on your site somewhere but I&#8217;d just thought I would msg you instead. I was wondering if you had any suggestions for photography books either having to do w/ business or the technical side of things. I&#8217;ve read Professional Wedding Photography by damien lovegrove and am in the process of reading understanding exposure bryan peterson. I have fast track photography on order..</em></p>
<p><em>Maybe one to do w/ posing??? Its weird I study photography all day long everyday.. but when it comes down to being w/ the couple it&#8217;s like I forget everything I ever learned and freeze. Then i want to slap myself because I could have done this or this shot but was having a brief moment of anxiety. I suppose posing and things will come with practice and the more I do it but I really thought I would have the hang of it by now. Any suggestions?</em> &#8221;</p>
<p>Yes Heather, David and I both have a list of suggestions for you.</p>
<h3>David&#8217;s Picks</h3>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Jerry Ghionis&#8217; Pic Pockets $80</em></strong><br />
These are small reference cards that show a specific scene, then on the back it goes into detail as to how the shot was taken.<a href="https://www.theicesociety.com/?page=72" target="_blank"><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">https://www.theicesociety.com/?page=72</span></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Bambi Cantrell&#8217;s Cue Cards $100<br />
</em></strong>These are stacks of cards demonstrating different poses and ideas to give you recommendations for setups.<br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a href="http://cantrellportrait.com/extra/online_store.php" target="_blank">http://cantrellportrait.com/extra/online_store.php</a></span></li>
<li><strong><em>John Mireles Look Book $75<br />
</em></strong>More like a paint swatch sampler, the look book contains a wide variety of common poses to help you from getting into a rut or just for inspiration if you need some.<br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a href="http://photographerstoolkit.com/lookbook" target="_blank">http://photographerstoolkit.com/lookbook</a></span></li>
</ul>
<h3>Kerry&#8217;s Picks</h3>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Photographing People &#8211; Rotovision $26.00<br />
</strong></em>Excellent book on posing and lighting setups and each shot includes a 3D drawing showing exactly how the set was designed with the placement of lighting, subject, reflectors, camera, etc.<br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/294037807X?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=294037807X">Photographing People: Portraits, Fashion, Glamour</a></span></li>
<li><em><strong>Posing for Portrait Photography: A Head-to-Toe Guide by Jeff Smith &#8211; $21<br />
</strong></em>This isÂ  great book that goes through the correct placement of each section of the body from head to toe with plenty of example images to help make the point.<a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&amp;location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fs%3Fie%3DUTF8%26x%3D0%26ref%255F%3Dnb%255Fss%255Fb%255F1%255F11%26y%3D0%26field-keywords%3Dposing%2520for%2520portrait%2520photography%2520a%2520head-to-toe%2520guide%26url%3Dsearch-alias%253Dstripbooks%26sprefix%3Dposing%2520for%2520&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=ur2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957"><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Posing for Portrait Photography</span></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="https://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=cameradojo-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /></span></li>
<li><strong><em>Professional Portrait Posing: Techniques and Images from Master Photographers by Michelle Perkins $23.72<br />
</em></strong>This book goes through the particular styles of a handful of professional photographers to show their distinct styles for posing and lighting subjects.<a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/1584282118?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=1584282118"><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"> Professional Portrait Posing: Techniques and Images</span></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=cameradojo-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=1584282118" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /></span></li>
<li><strong><em>The Moment it Clicks &#8211; Joe McNally $39.59<br />
</em></strong>Joe is a master of lighting and this book, while designed as a book on lighting, uses almost exclusively human subjects so it also is an excellent book for posing.<br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a href="http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&amp;location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fs%3Fie%3DUTF8%26x%3D0%26ref%255F%3Dnb%255Fss%255Fb%26y%3D0%26field-keywords%3DThe%2520Moment%2520it%2520Clicks%2520-%2520Joe%2520McNally%26url%3Dsearch-alias%253Dstripbooks&amp;tag=cameradojo-20&amp;linkCode=ur2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957">The Moment it Clicks</a><img style="border:none !important; margin:0px !important;" src="https://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=cameradojo-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1" border="0" alt="" width="1" height="1" /></span></li>
</ul>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1057&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/24/reader-question-books-about-posing/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/posing-94x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/posing.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">posing</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/posing-94x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com//www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=cameradojo-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=cameradojo-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=1584282118" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com//www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=cameradojo-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1057&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>RAW vs. JPEG &#8211; Deciding which is best for you</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/20/raw-vs-jpeg-%e2%80%93-deciding-which-is-best-for-you/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/20/raw-vs-jpeg-%e2%80%93-deciding-which-is-best-for-you/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2009 13:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[albums]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[clients]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[color]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Editing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Florida]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[jpeg]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lightroom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lost]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nikon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[photographer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photoshop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Post]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[raw]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Special]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Workflow]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=963</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Yes, RAW vs. JPEG, the seemingly endless debate, almost as bad as Mac vs. PC or Film vs. Digital and people have been asking me to write up an article on this based on my opinion and experience and I have really put this article off for a long time as I wanted to be as unbiased in how I write this given that this is a very biased topic.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/rawvsjpeg.gif" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g963]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1038" title="rawvsjpeg" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/rawvsjpeg-200x200.gif" alt="rawvsjpeg" width="200" height="200" /></a>Yes, RAW vs. JPEG, the seemingly endless debate, almost as bad as Mac vs. PC or Film vs. Digital and people have been asking me to write up an article on this based on my opinion and experience and I have really put this article off for a long time as I wanted to be as unbiased in how I write this given that this is a very biased topic. In the interest of full disclosure I will start off by saying that I shoot every image, and I do mean every image I shoot in RAW, we will get into why in a bit.</p>
<p><span id="more-963"></span></p>
<h3>What is a RAW image?</h3>
<p>By RAW, I mean an image that is shot with your camera image quality set to RAW mode which stores the actual sensor data for the scene that was shot. This is different than a JPEG image that is a rendered image of the RAW data that has different effects applied to it by the camera such as sharpening, saturation, and contrast. A good quality JPEG image can look incredibly good and can be printed at large sizes and will look great. A RAW image will need some form of software program to convert the RAW data to something usable. The most popular programs for this today are Lightroom, Photoshop, Aperture, Capture One (Nikon), and Digital Photo Professional (Canon).</p>
<h3>Is there a technical difference?</h3>
<p>Anyone that tries to tell you there is no difference in image quality between a RAW image and a JPEG is simply mistaken or ill-informed. From a purely technical perspective, a RAW image will always give you a better image. A RAW image simply has more data, for each pixel there is at least twice as much data on older cameras like my 30D and as much as eight times as much data with newer cameras that have more bit depth. This means that a RAW image has the ability to have a greater tonal range than a JPEG. A RAW image will also then have greater latitude than a JPEG image, giving you the ability to process the image to recover shadows and highlights more than you can if you started with the JPEG. Since white balance settings are applied when an image is saved as a JPEG, shooting in RAW will allow you to adjust the white balance during post processing without sacrificing any image data.</p>
<p>This is not an opinion, it is a pure technical fact. So let&#8217;s accept that this is true and that RAW has a distinct technical advantage over a JPEG saved from the camera. I don&#8217;t think we need to debate that RAW has an inherent technical advantage and I think some people get caught up in this. I think the real issue is whether or not you <em>need</em> the advantages of RAW versus the negative reasons for using RAW that we will look at later.</p>
<h3>Getting down with the downside of RAW</h3>
<p>The big debate over RAW vs JPEG is whether or not the pros outweigh the cons so let&#8217;s look at the cons and see what the downside of using RAW images is:</p>
<ul>
<li>Increased file size<br />
This is probably the biggest issue there is. RAW images are considerably larger files than their corresponding JPEG images. With my 30D, a RAW file will typically be around 5mb while a fine quality JPEG will be around 1.5mb. As the megapixel count goes up, the files get downright huge with RAW images from a new Canon 5D MkII being around 22mb each. If you are shooting lots of images, at a wedding for example, then the larger size of RAW files will be a significant hit. Since the files are larger, they will require more horsepower from your computer to process. For the same number of images, you will need more flash card storage.</li>
<li>Specialized software needed to process<br />
If you can call Photoshop, Lightroom, or Aperture specialized software, then yes, you will need something like this or use the software that came with your camera.  If you use something other than these programs then you may have issues dealing with RAW files. For a brand new camera, you may have to wait for updated versions of these programs before they can recognize your files. This also means that if your camera is discontinued in the future, there is no guarantee that your camera&#8217;s format will always be supported (this is a good reason to use DNG files, but that&#8217;s for another article).</li>
<li>RAW workflow is different than a JPEG workflow<br />
Is it? If you are already using Aperture, Lightroom, or Adobe Bridge for processing JPEG&#8217;s, then there is little to no change in your workflow. Two years ago, before tools like Lightroom and Aperture, working with RAW images was such a pain that RAW was said to mean &#8220;really awful workflow&#8221;. Since many of us are using Lightroom and Aperture now, there is little to no changes at all for working with RAW files other than they take longer per image to download off a CF card.</li>
<li>RAW images in third party tools don&#8217;t look as good as the JPEGs<br />
This has been a real serious problem for a while as only the camera manufacturers really have the secret sauce for decoding their RAW images properly. Adobe has pretty much solved this issue with Lightroom 2.2 and the inclusion of camera profiles that setup the RAW processor to match the settings used to create the JPEG images in your camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>Again, we are looking at facts here and not opinions, but it is important to understand that there is a downside to using RAW files even if I personally feel that the negatives are typically blown a bit out of proportion with the exception of the increased file size which can be a really significant issue for heavy shooters.</p>
<h3>The non-destructive workflow</h3>
<p>One of the biggest advantages of shooting RAW is that it inherently provides you today with a non-destructive workflow. What it means is that there is no image degradation between saves and any given step in the editing process can be removed. If we are using any of the three most popular tools today (Photoshop, Aperture, or Lightroom) then when we edit a JPEG, and make our changes, those changes are permenant, and because we just re-saved our image as a JPEG some compression has occured, every time we do this we lose some image quality. Sure you can make multiple copies along the way so you can go back to previous versions, but that negates the whole point of JPEG&#8217;s saving disk space. I personally work in Lightroom and I can take my RAW images and apply as many edits to them as I want but these changes are simply stored as a set of instructions to Lightroom, thus the original image is never modified. This also allows me to make virtual copies of an image so I can have a color, B&amp;W, Sepia, or dozens of different versions of an image and take up only a trivial amount of disk space since it is only storing the steps to make the changes and isnt storing a new copy of the image itself and again, no matter what I do, there is no image quality lost at all during the post-production process.</p>
<h3>Is anyone still using JPEG these days?</h3>
<p>If nobody was shooting JPEG anymore than I wouldn&#8217;t have so many questions about it but are any real professionals shooting JPEG and the answer is yes.</p>
<p>Carlos Baez is a wedding photographer from Florida, this is someone who makes his living delivering top quality images to high paying clients and yet Carlos shoots JPEG because he can consistently deliver great images without the extra overhead of RAW files. Carlos is an expert at lighting and understanding exposure so he doesn&#8217;t rely on post processing to get his images right.</p>
<p>Ken Rockwell is a huge advocate for shooting in JPEG mostly because a lot of people use it as an excuse to not get the image right in camera. Although he has an article about this (<a href="http://www.kenrockwell.com/tech/raw.htm">http://www.kenrockwell.com/tech/raw.htm</a>). I have posted a link to his article because he does make a few valid points but I think he does go over the top a little on some of the negatives while I do agree that many people use RAW without either knowing why or using it to correct their mistakes from not knowing how to use their camera properly.</p>
<h3>Pros against JPEG</h3>
<p>It&#8217;s only fair that I point out a few pros who have made the switch to RAW and some of their reasons for doing so.</p>
<p>Scarlett Lillian from Florida has been shooting RAW since she started shooting weddings but then tried going to JPEF to save disk and CF card space. After really giving it a try, she finally switched back to RAW because she felt she just wasn&#8217;t getting the color and skin tones from the JPEG files that she was when she was using RAW. She uses Photoshop with Bridge as her workflow tool.</p>
<p>David Ziser is, without a doubt, one of the biggest names in wedding photography and recent convert to the RAW side. David&#8217;s big switch came when he started using Lightroom for his workflow and then discovered that the images he was getting with Lightroom and RAW files simply gave him a better image than starting with JPEG. David details his experience in a <a href="http://digitalprotalk.blogspot.com/2008/11/confession-day-monday-im-out-of-closet.html" target="_blank">post on his site</a>, although he also make a case for use JPEG for less critical shots that will never be printed at larger than 5&#215;7. Anything destined for the album or enlargements he suggests shooting in RAW and the filler shots can safely be shot in JPEG to conserve space.</p>
<p>Rick Miller who is a Senior Solutions Engineer at Adobe does a segment when he is demoing Lightroom where he shows a picture of his girlfriends dog that is a white curly haired dog. Rick took a picture of the dog that when the rest of the scene is properly exposed, the dog is overexposed. Saved as a JPEG, the details in the dogs fur are completely lost and unrecoverable. The same image shot in RAW is able to use tools like recovery and exposure control to regain all of the detail in the dog&#8217;s fur. This demonstrates how even a shot that is technically correct for the rest of the scene may still suffer from being shot in JPEG.</p>
<h3>RAW or JPEG â€“ Which is for you?</h3>
<p>Since I am far more likely to forget to change my camera from JPEG back to RAW when I need to, I simply leave it on RAW and take the disk space penalty. With a large wedding costing me around 10-12gb of space, it isn&#8217;t that big of an issue. If I upgrade this year to a 50D or 5D MkII and I move to having 30-40gb of space per wedding, I may have to rethink this strategy. What I like about shooting RAW for weddings is that in the thick of things, if you do make a small error in exposure or white balance, it is far easier to correct it afterwards. I don&#8217;t use this as a crunch, but it is a safety net.</p>
<p>To decide If you should stick with JPEG all you need to do is to take a close look at your images and compare them with what you can get from a product like Lightroom and then decide if your images are good enough or if any improvements that you get from using the RAW image are noticeable and worthwhile.</p>
<h3>What do some other photographers say?</h3>
<p>Mark Teskey &#8220;RAW only. Shooting JPEG is like working without backing up files or a second body/flash.  There&#8217;s no safety net with JPEG.&#8221;</p>
<p>JE Images &#8220;RAW all the way. if I need to tweak anything then I have full access to all the info..&#8221;</p>
<p>Denise Clay &#8220;[I shoot] RAW &#8211; I used the best film I could that matched the job in film days, why not do the same now with the best digital file?&#8221;</p>
<p>MrsBoesch &#8220;I shoot JPG. It takes up less space on my hard drive, and I am of the opinion that you should try to &#8220;get it right&#8221; the 1st time&#8221;</p>
<h3>So what are you to make of this?</h3>
<p>There is certainly a case to be made that higher quality final images can be made from using RAW files and that shooting in RAW provides a technical safety net (even if you dont need it because you are wicked good). The main issues of working with RAW for me are the non-destructive workflow and the ability to have multiple virtual copies of an image without eating up more disk space. I do believe that almost all of the main complaints about RAW have been more than satisfied with current software leaving the issue of disk space and storage being the only real issue, albeit a signifigant issue for some people.</p>
<p>In the end, the only thing that matters is that you are happy with the images that you are delivering and if you are shooting for clients, that they are happy with the images you are delivering. If you are shooting in JPEG and are happy with your images and you see no compelling reason to switch, then don&#8217;t. If someone like Carlos Baez can shoot a wedding in JPEG and he makes a LOT more per wedding than I do, I am not going to tell him he is wrong for shooting in JPEG. On the flip side, if you are shooting in RAW and the disk space is killing you and you are good enough that your images require basically no tweaks for color, white balance, exposure, fill light, highlight recovery, or saturation, then you may be a good candidate for shooting in JPEG. It all comes down to a personal choice. There is no right or wrong answer to this debate, its just a question of what works for you in order for you to deliver the best quality images to your clients.</p>
<p>Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=963&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/20/raw-vs-jpeg-%e2%80%93-deciding-which-is-best-for-you/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/rawvsjpeg-140x140.gif" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/rawvsjpeg.gif" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">rawvsjpeg</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/rawvsjpeg-140x140.gif" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=963&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Canon EOS 5D Mk II Hands-On Impressions</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/19/canon-eos-5d-mk-ii-hands-on-impressions/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/19/canon-eos-5d-mk-ii-hands-on-impressions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2009 02:38:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Product Reviews]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[eos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[jpeg]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[marketing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Post]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Presets]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[raw]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Review]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[terms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wedding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Weddings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=1017</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Oh Canon 5D Mk II, how doest I love thee, let me count the ways. That could pretty much sum up my impressions of the newest camera from the folks at Canon but it probably doesn't tell you what you really need to know. I certainly don't have the testing lab that DPReview or Popular Photography has to tell you all the little specs and test results, but as someone who is shooting all the time, I figured I would get my hands on one and see if it really is all that it is hyped up to be.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1019" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II" width="200" height="133" /></a>Oh Canon 5D Mk II, how doest I love thee, let me count the ways. That could pretty much sum up my impressions of the newest camera from the folks at Canon but it probably doesn&#8217;t tell you what you really need to know. I certainly don&#8217;t have the testing lab that DPReview or Popular Photography has to tell you all the little specs and test results, but as someone who is shooting all the time, I figured I would get my hands on one and see if it really is all that it is hyped up to be.</p>
<h2><span id="more-1017"></span>Getting the Camera</h2>
<p>Since I am not sponsored by Canon (any help here would be appreciated &#8211; wink wink) and I haven&#8217;t been able to justify the cost yet, I decided that another way to get one for a little while was to call up the good folks over at <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a>. I hooked up with Max to get a weekend rental on the 5D Mk II so I could use it on a wedding shoot I had planned as well as to play around with the other features. If you have never rented equipment, you can&#8217;t go wrong by using <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a> as their prices are great and you don&#8217;t get slapped with a huge deposit (no deposit in fact), but more about <a href="http://www.BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">BorrowLenses.com</a> in an upcoming article as I review their service.</p>
<p>I got the camera and couldn&#8217;t wait to slap in a card and start playing with it.</p>
<h2>First Impressions</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7526.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1021" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Top View" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7526-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Top View" width="200" height="133" /></a>When picking up the body the first thing you notice is the surface has a much better texture on it than previous cameras making it easier to hold. The form factor is much like the 30D/40D/50D/5D. For users of those mentioned cameras, the control layout will be very familiar with the only noticeable exceptions being that the delete button has shifted due to the large screen and the top LCD illumination button has been moved to the right side of the display. For people moving up from a 30D/40D you will notice the lack of a pop-up flash and no preset modes on the mode dial (this is much more of a Pro camera than a consumer camera after all).</p>
<p>The large LCD on the back is just stunning with its much higher resolution display which enables you to better see if an image is sharp and in focus.</p>
<p>The new menu system is super clean and sharp looking on the big display although a little hunting around the first few times to find some of the features will be in order. The only thing that threw me for a loop for a minute was figuring out how to setup exposure bracketing. Not wanting to turn to the manual, I figured it out quickly enough. What I did have to crack the manual for was to figure out how toÂ  use the video mode. Simple enough, go into Live View mode and press the Set button in the middle of the large dial on the back to start/stop recording.</p>
<h2>First time setup</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7523.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1020 alignright" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II LCD" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7523-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II LCD" width="200" height="133" /></a></p>
<p>Before really being able to push the 5d Mk II to it&#8217;s limits, you will need to go into the menus and setup a few options first. Here are the things I did to get it ready for my tests.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn I : Exposure</strong><br />
Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable ISO expansion. This is needed to shoot at ISO ranges above 6400.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn II : Image<br />
</strong>Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable Highlight Tone Priority. This enables Highlight Tone Priority which can help from overexposing important aspects of your image. Note however that when this is enabled, you will not be able to go over ISO 6400 regardless of the previous setting.</p>
<p><strong>C. Fn III : Autofocus/Drive<br />
</strong>Custom Function 3 changed to 1 to enable Multi-controller direct. This option enables you to select the autofocus point by using the multi-controller (mini joystick).</p>
<p><strong>Live View Function Settings</strong><br />
LV Func. Setting set to Stills+movie, Screen Settings set to movie display</p>
<p><strong>Image Quality<br />
</strong>Image quality was set to RAW.</p>
<p>Finally, I made sure the date and time was correct, dropped in a compact flash card, formatted it and I was ready to go.</p>
<h2>Shooting the 5D Mk II</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7530.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1022" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Mode Dial" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7530-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Mode Dial" width="200" height="133" /></a>Like many people getting the 5D Mark II, I have been shooting APS-C sized sensors for the past few years as I use a 30D as a primary and a 20D as a backup. Functionally, the 5D Mk II is virtually identical in how to operate the camera although the shutter sound is different and quieter. The big difference comes into play when using the same lenses you were using on the smaller sensor. If you aren&#8217;t familiar with this phenomenon, the smaller sensors in the 20D/30D/40D/50D are smaller APS-C size sensors versus the full frame sensor in the 5d Mk II. The smaller sensor size introduces an effect referred to as a zoom factor (also known as crop factor) which, in essence, magnifies the focal length of your lenses by 1.6.Â  To put it into simple terms, subjects on an APS-C sized sensor will appear closer (as if zoomed in by 1.6x) and the same lens on the 5D will give you an wider field of view. If we take a 50mm lens and put it on a camera with an APS-C sensor, what we get is basically an 80mm lens. A 70-200mm on the 50D becomes a 112-320mm lens on the APS-C sensor. This is interesting to note that a telephoto lens will get you more reach on a smaller sensor but you lose width at the smaller focal lengths. With my typical lenses, I now have to move closer to the subject to get the same effect as before, but I now have the added bonus of wide angle lenses being wider than before.</p>
<div id="attachment_1026" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7534.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-large wp-image-1026" title="Image shot with 50mm on 30D (APS-C)" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7534-500x333.jpg" alt="Image shot with 50mm on 30D (APS-C)" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Image shot with 50mm on 30D (APS-C)</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1028" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7983.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-large wp-image-1028" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7983-500x333.jpg" alt="Image shot with 50mm on 5D Mk II (Full Frame)" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Image shot with 50mm on 5D Mk II (Full Frame)</p></div>
<p>Ok, so how about this ISO stuff, how good is it really? Yeah, well, its pretty damned good. On my 30D, it pained me to go up to 1600 ISO, on a 40D, 1600 would give you a very usable image but 3200 got to be a bit much, on the 5D Mk II, 3200 is a no-brainer and 6400 will give you very usable images. Moving up into 12,800 gets to be noisy but should be usable with a good noise reduction software while 25,600 ISO is basically unusable unless you convert the image to black and white and then you will get something looking like an older newspaper image.</p>
<div id="attachment_1029" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/noise.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-large wp-image-1029" title="Comparison of ISO settings from 5D Mk II" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/noise-500x466.jpg" alt="Comparison of ISO settings from 5D Mk II" width="500" height="466" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Comparison of ISO settings from 5D Mk II</p></div>
<p>A feature that first appeared on the 40D is Highlight Tone Priority which can be a saving grace in numerous situations. Instead of going into how great this feature is, please refer to David Ziser&#8217;s post about <a href="http://digitalprotalk.blogspot.com/2007/10/highlight-tone-priority-image-salvation.html" target="_blank">Highlight Tone Priority</a>.</p>
<h2>What&#8217;s missing from the 5d Mk II?</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7533.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1018" title="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Ports" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7533-200x133.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 5D Mk II Ports" width="200" height="133" /></a>Yes, the 5d Mk II is a huge leap forward for Canon, so much so that some shooters with the higher end 1Ds Mk III are actually &#8220;downgrading&#8221; to the 5D to get the improved sensor cleaning and higher ISO performance. But surely the 5D Mk II is not the Holy Grail of cameras, something must be missing right? Well, of course, otherwise it would be an $8000 camera. So what is it that we don&#8217;t have on the 5D Mk II that it&#8217;s big brother has?</p>
<ul>
<li>Dual memory card slots<br />
Many people think this is a major disappointment that the 5D wasn&#8217;t outfitted with dual memory slots to provide real-time redundancy when shooting.</li>
<li>Built in battery grip/portrait grip<br />
The original 5D didn&#8217;t have one, and the 5D Mk II is aimed at the high end Pro-sumer market, not the professional market so this is an option. Unfortunately, the 5D Mk II uses a redesigned grip so existing ones will not work.</li>
<li>Long life shutter<br />
The big gun 1Ds Mk III is rated as about double the shutter activations as the 5D Mk II (150,000 (5D) vs 300,000 (1Ds)).</li>
<li>Dual Digic processors<br />
While the 5D Mk II does have the newer Digic IV processor, the 1Ds Mk III has dual processors for faster image processing.1</li>
</ul>
<p>Granted, the higher ISO performance, larger, higher resolution LCD screen, improved dust reduction, 21 megapixel , full frame sensor, full HD video, and significantly cheaper price does make for a very compelling camera.</p>
<h2>Focusing on Video</h2>
<p>Yeah, the 5D Mk II is the Grand Poobah of DSLR&#8217;s that can shoot video with its full 1080p video capture. Being able to use all of the lenses at your disposal to shoot video is quite awesome indeed to achieve the same shallow depth of field that you can get in stills. So look out Sony, your days of being a video camera manufacturer have come to an end and the 5D Mk II is taking its rightful place of the King of all things video&#8230;..well&#8230;.not exactly.</p>
<p>There is no question you can get stunning HiDef video out of the camera, there are plenty of examples online. But let&#8217;s look at the reality of shooting video with the 5D Mk II.</p>
<p>First off, abandon all hope of using autofocus when shooting video. If you are using the on-board microphone, you will hear constant whirrrr whirrrrrrrr whirrrrrrrr as the contrast-based autofocus &#8220;attempts&#8221; to focus. In some situations it may do alright, but the majority of the time you will end up with lots of times where the camera is trying to focus but tracks back and forth a few times before locking on. You really need to consider the camera as a manual focus camera when shooting video. Use autofocus in still mode to get your focus, then switch to video mode with autofocus off for best results. As for the built-in microphone (located just underneath the 5D logo), its alright for playing around, but anything serious will require an external mic plugged into the microphone jack on the side of the camera.</p>
<p><object width="550" height="367" data="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2878345&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2878345&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" /></object><br />
<a href="http://vimeo.com/">5D Mk II LowRez Video</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/kerryg">Kerry Garrison</a> on <a href="http://vimeo.com">Vimeo</a>.</p>
<p><object width="550" height="367" data="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2888434&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=2888434&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=0&amp;show_byline=0&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=ffffff&amp;fullscreen=1" /></object><br />
<a href="http://vimeo.com/">Sample HiDef Video from 5D Mk II</a> from <a href="http://vimeo.com/kerryg">Kerry Garrison</a> on <a href="http://vimeo.com">Vimeo</a>.</p>
<h2>Megapixels = Mega Storage</h2>
<p>Oh sure, we all SAY we want more megapixels, but you really have to think of the ramifications of that. Here is a comparison of the same image taken with several of the different available image quality settings:</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RAW</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">34,002KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>sRAW1</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">20,272KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>sRAW2</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">20,170KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>JPEG Fine</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">9,720KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>JPEG Medium</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">5,479KB</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>This means that a RAW file from the 5D Mk II is 4 times larger than a RAW from a 30D and even the 5D Mk II&#8217;s Fine JPEG is 2mb larger than the RAW file on the 30D. That&#8217;s 1/4 of the number of images I can fit on the same memory card and a typical wedding shoot for me will balloon from 10gb to 40gb. Add to that the additional disk space required to hold the images, and the addition computer horsepower (CPU and RAM) needed to process these huge files and you need some seriously beefy hardware to use this camera to its full potential.</p>
<p>For best results, UDMA Compact Flash cards are recommended, using these will speed up write times to the disc. Keep all of these things in mind if considering moving up to the 5D Mk II as it could turn out to be a bigger investment than just the camera itself.</p>
<h2>Using the 5D Mk II</h2>
<p>The first project I had was a small wedding reception, shooting out on a golf course at 11am presented some really harsh lighting conditions, the highlight tone priority system did a great job at keeping the subjects from getting blown out. One thing that I noticed was that the autofocus was really fast and super accurate. This is compared to the 30D that I normally shoot with. Normally I will get a handful of out of focus shots for no apparent reason, of almost 500 shots, there were only two that were out of focus, a significant improvement in the autofocus system over my camera.</p>
<p>The shutter noise is fairly quiet and doesn&#8217;t draw attention which is nice for quiet ceremonies and for catching candids without disturbing anyone.</p>
<p>For all your Shamu fans out there, here are some shots from Sea World.</p>
<div id="attachment_1032" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-5.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-large wp-image-1032" title="seaworld-5" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-5-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 70mm 1/640 f/9 ISO 200 Mode: Program" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/640 f/9 ISO 200 Mode: Program sRAW1</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1033" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-7.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-large wp-image-1033" title="seaworld-7" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-7-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 70mm 1/5000 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/5000 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program sRAW1</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1035" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-12.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-large wp-image-1035" title="seaworld-12" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-12-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 70mm 1/500 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/500 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program sRAW1</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1031" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-20.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-large wp-image-1031" title="seaworld-20" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-20-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 24mm 1/25 f/6.3 ISO 400 Mode: Manual" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 24mm 1/25 f/6.3 ISO 400 Mode: Manual sRAW1</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1036" class="wp-caption alignnone" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-19.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g1017]"><img class="size-large wp-image-1036" title="seaworld-19" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-19-500x333.jpg" alt="5D Mark II - 42mm 1/60 f/2.8 ISO 400 Mode: Manual" width="500" height="333" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">5D Mark II - 42mm 1/60 f/2.8 ISO 400 Mode: Manual sRAW1</p></div>
<h2>Is the 5D Mk II Right For You?</h2>
<p>I only had the 5D Mk II available to me for a few days but I am completely impressed with it from a technology point of view. One of it&#8217;s biggest selling points is also one of its biggest problems, and that is the size of the images. A typical wedding will take up 30gb of space and just a simple day at an amusement park could easily eat up 6gb.Â  The ability to use the smaller sRAW sizes is a plus, but its painful to have to limit the camera, something I think I could get over easily enough but it remains to be seen if it is too limiting for doing paid wedding shoots in the reduced file format sizes.</p>
<p>Unless you already have a beefy uber-computer and have more compact flash cards than pairs of underwear, then there are going to be some hidden costs of getting into the 5D Mk II. I am probably fairly typical (or at least not abnormal) in that I am currently shooting with a 30D and put together some numbers as what it would take for me to purchase and use the 5D Mk II, and this is not upgrading the CPU or RAM in my machine as it isn&#8217;t that terrible to work on images with what I have.</p>
<table border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>5D Mk II Body</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$2,995.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Vertical Grip</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$365.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extra Battery</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$95.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(4) 16gb CF Cards</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$219.80</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(2) 1tb Hard Drives</td>
<td style="text-align: right;">$250.00</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: right;"><strong>Total</strong></td>
<td><strong>$3,924.80</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>That&#8217;s well over $4,000 with tax and shipping and isn&#8217;t counting having another as a backup. I would certainly recommend the 5D Mk II to anyone who can afford one, but, for myself, I need to take a look at the 50D before deciding to save up for the 5D.</p>
<p><strong>Author:</strong> Kerry Garrison</p>
<p><strong>Rental Equipment by:</strong> <a href="http://www,BorrowLenses.com" target="_blank">http://BorrowLenses.com</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=1017&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2009/01/19/canon-eos-5d-mk-ii-hands-on-impressions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_7520</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Canon EOS 5D Mk II</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7520-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7526.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Canon EOS 5D Mk II Top View</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7526-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7523.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_7523</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Canon EOS 5D Mk II LCD</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7523-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7530.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Canon EOS 5D Mk II Mode Dial</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7530-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7534.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Image shot with 50mm on 30D (APS-C)</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Image shot with 50mm on 30D (APS-C)</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7534-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7983.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_7983</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Image shot with 50mm on 5D Mk II (Full Frame)</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7983-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/noise.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Comparison of ISO settings from 5D Mk II</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Comparison of ISO settings from 5D Mk II</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/noise-140x130.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7533.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Canon EOS 5D Mk II Ports</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/img_7533-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-5.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">seaworld-5</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/640 f/9 ISO 200 Mode: Program</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-5-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-7.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">seaworld-7</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/5000 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-7-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-12.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">seaworld-12</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">5D Mark II - 70mm 1/500 f/8 ISO 200 Mode: Program</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-12-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-20.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">seaworld-20</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">5D Mark II - 24mm 1/25 f/6.3 ISO 400 Mode: Manual</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-20-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-19.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">seaworld-19</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">5D Mark II - 42mm 1/60 f/2.8 ISO 400 Mode: Manual</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/01/seaworld-19-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=1017&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Comparison of HDR Techniques</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/12/comparison-of-hdr-techniques/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/12/comparison-of-hdr-techniques/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 12 Dec 2008 13:47:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Enfuse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lightroom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photomatix]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Photoshop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Post]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[technique]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[windows]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=917</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[HDR Photography is a method of combining multiple exposures into a single image in order to achieve a greater dynamic range in an image. If that sounded a bit complex, let's break that down a bit more. If I take a photo, the sensor only can capture a given range from light to dark, in a normally exposed image, you may lose some detail in the darkest areas and you may lose some detail in the brightest areas. But if we can take an normal exposure, an underexposed image (to get the detail in the highlights) and an overexposed image (to get the details in the shadows) and combine them into a single image, then we can get a new image that can be the best of all three.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g917]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-920" title="photomatix_hdr" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr-200x133.jpg" alt="photomatix_hdr" width="200" height="133" /></a>HDR Photography is a method of combining multiple exposures into a single image in order to achieve a greater dynamic range in an image. If that sounded a bit complex, let&#8217;s break that down a bit more. If I take a photo, the sensor only can capture a given range from light to dark, in a normally exposed image, you may lose some detail in the darkest areas and you may lose some detail in the brightest areas. But if we can take an normal exposure, an underexposed image (to get the detail in the highlights) and an overexposed image (to get the details in the shadows) and combine them into a single image, then we can get a new image that can be the best of all three. In this article we compare three common ways of combining these images.</p>
<p><span id="more-917"></span></p>
<p>While there are a number of other programs available to do HDR with, we are going to look at the three most common ones mentioned in most posts and blogs, these are:</p>
<ul>
<li>Adobe Photoshop CS4 &#8211; Merge to HDR Function</li>
<li>Photomatix</li>
<li>Enfuse</li>
</ul>
<h2>Photoshop CS4</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photoshop_hdr.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g917]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-921" title="photoshop_hdr" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photoshop_hdr-200x133.jpg" alt="photoshop_hdr" width="200" height="133" /></a>To be completely fair, I am using the different HDR tools here with their default settings and am not doing any additional tweaking afterwards to make the images look better. That being said, the Photoshop result is certainly the worst of the batch. The dark areas are too dark, the bright areas are too bright and it just didn&#8217;t do anything to really impress me. I also cannot find any noticeable difference between Photoshop CS3 and Photoshop CS4 in the final output. Even though you could tweak this image in Photoshop, it would be quit a bit of work because you really need to darken the sky and brighten up the building and parking lot. There may be a particular type of image that Photoshop likes better, of perhaps it doesn&#8217;t like that the images covered a 4 stop range. If someone has some tips on working with the Photoshop HDR merge, please post them in the comments.</p>
<h2>Photomatix</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g917]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-920" title="photomatix_hdr" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr-200x133.jpg" alt="photomatix_hdr" width="200" height="133" /></a>Photomatix is another commercial tool (<a href="http://www.hdrsoft.com/" target="_blank">http://www.hdrsoft.com</a>) that many people consider to be the best HDR tool available. Comparing the images, the Photomatix output most certainly gave the most dynamic range, so much range that it is actually easy to get an image that doesn&#8217;t actually look natural. The way Photomatix works is a complete mystery as even in the overexposed image, you can&#8217;t see the detail in the windows and doorways of the building the way you can in this Photomatix output. From a &#8220;wow&#8221; perspective, it is most certainly the most vivid image and has an amazing amount of range, there is almost nothing in the image that is too bright or too dark. While this may be good for some images, if you are trying to replicate what you are seeing with your eye, this isn&#8217;t quite accurate. Is it stunning in it&#8217;s range? Absolutely, no question there, it wins hands down in that area.</p>
<h2>Enfuse</h2>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/enfuse_test_3-_images.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g917]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-919" title="enfuse_test_3-_images" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/enfuse_test_3-_images-200x133.jpg" alt="enfuse_test_3-_images" width="200" height="133" /></a>Enfuse is a different type of tool that compares multiple images and chooses to keep the pixels it feels are the best exposed. Using Enfuse by itself can also be an exercise in frustration. To simply using Enfuse, I use LR/Enfuse from Timothy Armes (<a href="http://timothyarmes.com/lrenfuse.php" target="_blank">http://timothyarmes.com/lrenfuse.php</a>) which integrates into Adobe Photoshop Lightroom. Using just the default settings, the result is an image that is much more natural and is truer to what you would see with your eye. A big advantage of using Enfuse (especially with LR/Enfuse) is that it is significantly faster than Photomatix, the downside is that you don&#8217;t get the amazing results that you can get from Photomatix. Enfuse is going to give you a far more natural look.</p>
<h2>Summary</h2>
<p>It&#8217;s not entirely clear if these is a real no-brainer choice between Photomatix and Enfuse as it is really dependant on what you are trying to accomplish with the final image. Photomatix can certainly deliver outstanding images that are virtually impossible to achieve any other way and can also create more natural looking results by toning down the resulting image making it a more versatile tool overall. Enfuse has its advantage in being fast and easy to use when integrated into Lightroom and will create very nice, natural looking results, and if that is your goal then sending a few bucks to Timothy for LR/Enfuse is well worth it. Personally, I have both installed and will choose when to use each tool based on what result I am looking for, and knowing the strengths and weaknesses of each option will make it easier for me to decide when to use which tool.</p>
<p>Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=917&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/12/comparison-of-hdr-techniques/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>15</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr-140x93.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">photomatix_hdr</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photoshop_hdr.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">photoshop_hdr</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photoshop_hdr-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">photomatix_hdr</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/photomatix_hdr-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/enfuse_test_3-_images.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">enfuse_test_3-_images</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/enfuse_test_3-_images-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=917&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Photography Basics: Beginners Guide to Aperture</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/04/photography-basics-beginners-guide-to-aperture/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/04/photography-basics-beginners-guide-to-aperture/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 05 Dec 2008 03:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Shooting and Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[background]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Backgrounds]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[distance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Post]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=889</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[As part of our Photography Basics series we talked about Exposure already and this time we are going to cover the mystery of aperture. Aperture is probably the least understood setting of everything on your camera. While shutter settings are very easy to understand, to long of a shutter speed and you will get blurring, pretty simple stuff. Same with ISO, too high of ISO and you introduce digital noise. But learning how to use aperture properly can kill brain cells faster than a frat house kegger party.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9153.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g889]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-904" title="img_9153" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9153-200x136.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="136" /></a>As part of our Photography Basics series we talked about Exposure already and this time we are going to cover the mystery of aperture.  Aperture is probably the least understood setting of everything on your camera. While shutter settings are very easy to understand, to long of a shutter speed and you will get blurring, pretty simple stuff. Same with ISO, too high of ISO and you introduce digital noise. But learning how to use aperture properly can kill brain cells faster than a frat house kegger party.</p>
<p><span id="more-889"></span></p>
<h3>What is this aperture thingy anyway?</h3>
<p>Inside each lens is a diaphragm that can open and close, the size of the opening at any given setting is what we refer to as the aperture setting. On our cameras we refer to specific size settings as f-stops such as <span style="font-family: Georgia;"><em>f</em></span>/2.8, <span style="font-family: Georgia;"><em>f</em></span>/5.6, <span style="font-family: Georgia;"><em>f</em></span>/11, etc. While the obvious value of adjusting the aperture is to control how much light enters the camera, there is a secret hidden world beneath the hood that we will need to get a grasp of as well, but let&#8217;s start at the basics first.</p>
<p>For a given ISO setting and shutter speed we can adjust the amount of light entering the camera by adjusting the aperture, a smaller diameter (higher f-stop value) will allow less light in, while a larger aperture (smaller f-stop number) will allow more light it. If we refer to the <a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/18/the-sunny-16-rule-in-photography/">Sunny 16 rule</a>, we know that on a bright sunny day, if we are using ISO 200 and a shutter speed of 1/200<sup>th</sup> then we will get a good exposure at <span style="font-family: Georgia;"><em>f</em></span>/16. As the sun goes down and there is less light, we need to allow more light into the camera, we can do this by opening the aperture up (again, using a smaller number) to allow more light in. This sounds easy enough right?</p>
<div id="attachment_2053" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 510px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/500px-Aperture_diagram.svg_.png" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g889]"><img class="size-full wp-image-2053" title="500px-Aperture_diagram.svg" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/500px-Aperture_diagram.svg_.png" alt="" width="500" height="199" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Image showing relative sizes of aperture</p></div>
<p>If that is all there is to it, then this whole aperture thingy would be a piece of cake and life would be good. It is enough to get you going into how aperture plays a role in getting a good exposure, so it is certainly a lesson worth learning and understanding well.</p>
<h3>Have you collimated your rays lately?</h3>
<h3><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_8958.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g889]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-905" title="img_8958" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_8958-200x136.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="136" /></a></h3>
<p>The opening of the diaphragm also will control cone angle of light coming into the camera and this is why adjusting the aperture can affect the depth of field. To see how this works use your thumb and pointer finger to make a big circle, with one eye closed look through that at a finger on your other hand held about 12&#8243; away. This is going to simulate a large aperture, you will be able to focus on the finger but you will have far less focus on something across the room.  Next, make the circle very small and look through it again (now simulating a small aperture), you will be able to focus on both your finger and something across the room equally well. The reason for this has to do with the angle of light coming into your eye, with the large circle, light is able to come in very straight which creates a shorter focal plane, with a smaller aperture opening the light comes in as a cone shape giving a longer focal plane. While this simple experiment has a very subtle effect (not everyone may even notice it working) in your camera it can have a dramatic effect on how your images look.</p>
<h3>Factors that determine depth of field</h3>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9143.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g889]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-906" title="img_9143" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9143-200x136.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="136" /></a>There are three factors that will determine the amount of depth of field you will have in your image, and taking from a comment post from Photo Larry, this points out the different factors:</p>
<p>In a comment from an earlier post, Photo Larry provided this very simple guide:</p>
<ul>
<li>Distance from the subject (Close=shallow, Far=Deep)</li>
<li>Focal Length (Short=Deep, Long=Shallow)</li>
<li>Aperture (Small=Deep, Open=Shallow)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Aperture Setting</strong><br />
We have already covered this one, the larger the opening (smaller f-stop number) the shorter the depth of field will be.</p>
<p><strong>Focal Length</strong><br />
The longer the focal length the shorter the depth of field will be. This is why you will get more blurring effect on telephoto lenses than you will with wide angle lenses. The most popular portrait lens is the 70-200 <span style="font-family: Georgia;"><em>f</em></span> /2.8 because as you back up from the subject and use the longer focal length with a large aperture the more the background will get blurred out.</p>
<p><strong>Distance to Subject</strong><br />
The further you are away from the subject, the more depth of field you will have as well. This is much easier to see with a long telephoto lens, if you focus on something very close to you, much of the background will be blurry, as you focus on things further away less of the foreground and background will be blurry.</p>
<table class="aligncenter" style="width: 100%;" border="0" align="center">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_2453.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g889]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-907" title="img_2453" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_2453-200x136.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="136" /></a> <a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_2458.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g889]"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-909" title="img_2458" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_2458-200x136.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="136" /></a><br />
Two images with different aperture settings</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Summary</h3>
<p>Hopefully this will help you understand the basics of what your aperture setting can do for you and how to begin to use it to your advantage both in getting enough light into your camera and by being able to add some extra flair to your images using the depth of field.</p>
<p>Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=889&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/12/04/photography-basics-beginners-guide-to-aperture/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9153-140x95.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9153.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_9153</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9153-140x95.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/500px-Aperture_diagram.svg_.png" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">500px-Aperture_diagram.svg</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Image showing relative sizes of aperture</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/500px-Aperture_diagram.svg_-140x55.png" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_8958.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_8958</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_8958-140x95.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9143.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_9143</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_9143-140x95.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_2453.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_2453</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_2453-140x95.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_2458.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_2458</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/img_2458-140x95.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=889&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Nikon announces D3X</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/30/nikon-announces-d3x/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/30/nikon-announces-d3x/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Dec 2008 06:04:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Actions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[announcement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[assignment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[clients]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[color]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Creative]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GPS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lost]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[marketing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Model]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nikon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Presets]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[raw]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[release]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shell]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tripod]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=875</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[MELVILLE, N.Y. (Nov. 30, 2008) â€“ Nikon Inc. today announced the D3X, an FX-format digital SLR featuring extreme 24.5-megapixel resolution and superb low-noise capabilities, which provides professional photographers with commercial-quality image performance in a familiar and extraordinarily versatile D-SLR form factor. In conjunction with the groundbreaking Nikon FX-format D3, the D3X tops off a collection of flagship level, rugged, professional caliber digital single lens reflex cameras engineered to excel in all types of professional photographic disciplines from photojournalism and sideline sports, to commercial in-studio applications.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="border-collapse: separate; color: #000000; font-family: Arial; font-size: 12px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: normal; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; word-spacing: 0px;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_front.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g875]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-876" title="d3_front" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_front-192x200.jpg" alt="" width="192" height="200" /></a><em>With Extreme 24.5-Megapixel Resolution, Processed Image Files Exceeding 138 MB, Five Frame-per-Second Burst Speed and Nikon Core Technologies, the D3X Ushers in a New Level of Image Quality</em></span></p>
<p><strong>MELVILLE, N.Y. (Nov. 30, 2008)</strong><span> </span>- Nikon Inc. today announced the D3X, an FX-format digital SLR featuring extreme 24.5-megapixel resolution and superb low-noise capabilities, which provides professional photographers with commercial-quality image performance in a familiar and extraordinarily versatile D-SLR form factor. In conjunction with the groundbreaking Nikon FX-format D3, the D3X tops off a collection of flagship level, rugged, professional caliber digital single lens reflex cameras engineered to excel in all types of professional photographic disciplines from photojournalism and sideline sports, to commercial in-studio applications.</p>
<p>The foundation of the enhanced performance of the D3X is its FX-format, 24.5-megapixel (6048 x 4032) CMOS sensor providing commercial, high fashion, fine art and landscape photographers with the extreme resolution, dynamic range, color depth, detail and sharpness that clients demand. Whether creating catalogs, magazine covers, billboards or gallery prints, the large 5.49-micron pixel size and high signal to noise ratio produces vibrant images with breathtaking image fidelity while reducing lost highlights and shadows, and ensuring smoother tone reproduction with minimized noise. With full resolution shooting speeds of up to five frames-per-second (fps), and 14-bit files, that when processed are approximately 138 MB, the D3X offers today&#8217;s photographic artists an extreme level of performance and versatility ready for demanding assignments in the studio or on location.</p>
<p>â€œIn 2007, the 12.1-megapixel FX-format D3 delivered groundbreaking digital SLR image quality, coupled with incomparable high ISO, low noise performance and high-speed handling. In doing so, the D3 broke photographic barriers, enabling photographers to work in ways never before possible,â€ said Edward Fasano, general manager for Marketing, SLR Systems Products at Nikon Inc. â€œNow, the new 24.5-megapixel FX-format D3X D-SLR provides the extreme resolution and high dynamic range capabilities needed to meet the extraordinary needs of photographic disciplines such as high fashion, commercial advertising and fine art. The D3X delivers this remarkable capability while fitting seamlessly within the Nikon system, taking full advantage of Nikonâ€™s world-renowned collection of NIKKOR lenses and Speedlights.â€</p>
<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_back.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g875]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-877" title="d3_back" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_back-196x200.jpg" alt="" width="196" height="200" /></a><strong>Image Quality Takes Center Stage</strong><br />
To re-emphasize the importance of image quality above all else, the D3X delivers an incredible level of digital SLR performance to provide photographers with extremely high resolution, exceptional dynamic range, phenomenal total gradation and outstanding color reproduction. Image files can be recorded as TIFF, JPEG or NEF (RAW) formats in either 12- or 14-bit compressed or uncompressed formats, and recorded to UDMA compatible CompactFlashâ„¢ cards for optimum speed. Photographers can save image files directly to the dual card slots as overflow, backup, or as separate file formats to different cards. Building on the D3X&#8217;s flexibility, users have the creative option to shoot in the 5:4 crop mode with 20.4-megapixel resolution, the ideal format for creating 8 x 10-inch portraits. While using DX-format lenses, faster continuous shooting of up to seven frames per second can be achieved at a resolution of 10.5 megapixels.</p>
<p>The exceptionally low noise of the D3X is essential to any professional commercial application, and it provides photographers with an ISO range of 100 to 1600, expandable to 50 (Lo-1) and 6400 (Hi-2). The ultra smooth tones and lack of grain at ISO 1600 as well as at low sensitivity settings result in smooth, natural skin tones and exacting detail that, before the D3X, required larger and far costlier studio-bound camera systems.</p>
<p><strong>Advanced Technologies, Meticulously Executed</strong><br />
In a commercial setting or on location, imaging professionals need high performance in both speed and processing. The Nikon D3X can shoot at up to five fps at full resolution or up to seven fps in DX crop mode, allowing photographers to catch the split-second difference in a modelâ€™s expression or capture all of the action in a sequence. Just like the D3, the D3X achieves a start-up time of a mere 0.12 seconds and a shutter release time lag of 0.04 seconds.</p>
<p>The D3Xâ€™s speed, as well as high levels of performance, leverages Nikon core technologies including a newly enhanced EXPEEDâ„¢ Image Processing System, specially designed for the D3X to provide superior image quality, faster processing speeds and lower power consumption. This advanced system is able to achieve extremely precise color reproduction for a broad spectrum of hues, in addition to vivid saturation and smooth gradation. Whatâ€™s more, Nikonâ€™s advanced noise processing function is engineered to minimize noise at all sensitivities and operate seamlessly without interfering with other image color parameters.</p>
<p>The D3X also features Nikonâ€™s exclusive Scene Recognition System, which continuously analyzes information from the 1,005-pixel RGB light sensor, to further refine auto exposure, auto white balance and autofocus calculations. This results in flattering portraits and awe-inspiring landscapes that portray accurate color and fine details. Nikon&#8217;s exclusive 3D Color Matrix Metering II helps ensure accurate exposures, even in the most challenging lighting conditions. Instantly evaluating each scene before capture, input data from the system&#8217;s sensor is automatically referenced against an internal database of more than 30,000 images derived from actual photographs to calculate correct exposure values. Active D-Lighting, used in combination with 3D Matrix Metering II, helps to determines proper exposure, and creates realistic contrast while compensating for lost shadows and highlights. Prior to shooting, users can choose from Extra High, High, Normal, Low or Off settings, as well as an Auto mode.</p>
<p>Additionally, the D3X features Nikonâ€™s exclusive Multi-CAM 3500FX focus module, with 51 AF points, 15 cross type sensors and 36 horizontal sensors that easily track and lock onto moving subjects, delivering the same fast and accurate AF performance that helped make the D3 immediately successful. Users can select any of the AF points, making it easy to consistently attain accurate focus right on a subjectâ€™s eyes, frame after frame. Additionally, three AF-area modes &#8211; Single point, Dynamic-area AF and Auto-area AF &#8211; are available to maximize the use of the 51 focus points by selecting the most suitable one to match subject conditions. AF is also available in one of two Live View modes optimized for the studio, including a phase detection handheld mode and a tripod mode. This feature allows the user to zoom in up to 27x on the LCD screen to ensure critical focus. While in Live View, the graphic indication of a virtual horizon is also available, making it easier than ever to confirm camera orientation.</p>
<p>To further ensure each photographer&#8217;s ability to balance their personal style, Nikonâ€™s Picture Control System enables users to adjust their images to pre-set parameters such as Standard, Neutral, Vivid and Monochrome that apply tweaks to image sharpening, tone compensation, brightness, overall tone and saturation. Photographers have creative control over these image parameters with the use of up to nine available customizable presets.</p>
<p><strong>Synchronizing Both Form and Function</strong><br />
Engineered for real-world functionality, the D3X retains a rugged shell with moisture, dust and shock resistance that has become a hallmark of flagship Nikon D-SLRs, while preserving the usability and ergonomics that allow the camera to remain an extension of the photographerâ€™s vision. Attention to detail goes so far as to include a self-diagnostic shutter system that is tested to exceed 300,000 cycles for maximum durability and longevity. The cameraâ€™s body also maintains the resilient magnesium alloy construction and form factor of the D3, promoting consistent Nikon system synergy.</p>
<p>A bright and accurate viewfinder offers 100 percent coverage with 0.7x magnification. The body also houses Nikonâ€™s acclaimed 3.0-inch super density LCD screen, now relied upon by so many photographers. The high-resolution 920,000-dot screen is viewable at wide angles up to 170 degrees, and will allow photographers to quickly zoom in to confirm critical focus. Users can also output the video signal to an external display via HDMI to allow client viewing. Thanks to incredibly efficient internal circuitry, the D3X can capture up to 4400* shots per single charge of the cameraâ€™s Lithium ion battery.</p>
<p><strong>System Strength Withstands the Test of Time</strong><br />
The D3X is fully compatible with Nikonâ€™s Creative Lighting System (CLS) to give photographers a mobile lighting solution that is easy to manage. To further enhance mobility, the D3X is compatible with Nikonâ€™s GP-1 GPS receiver to gather information such as latitude, longitude, altitude and date of shooting. Photographers can easily shoot tethered via USB, or use the WT-4a wireless transmitter to send images wirelessly when speed and mobility are essential. D3X users will also enjoy the system strength of more than 50 genuine NIKKOR lenses that provide outstanding sharpness and high resolution across a broad range of focal lengths.</p>
<p><strong>Price and Availability<br />
</strong>The Nikon D3X will be available at Nikon Authorized Professional Dealers starting December 2008, and will be available for an estimated selling price of $7999.95.**</p>
<p><em>* Based on CIPA Standards<br />
** Estimated selling price listed is only an estimate. Actual prices are set by dealers and are subject to change at any time.</em></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=875&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/11/30/nikon-announces-d3x/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_front-135x140.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_front.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">d3_front</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_front-135x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_back.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">d3_back</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/d3_back-137x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=875&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Canon announces EOS 5D Mark II</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/16/canon-announces-eos-5d-mark-ii/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/16/canon-announces-eos-5d-mark-ii/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 17 Sep 2008 06:44:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[announcement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[color]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[community]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Creative]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Digital]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[eos]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Group]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mount]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[noise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[raw]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[release]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[remote]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Temperature]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=747</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Canon's update to the wildly popular full frame EOS 5D is here, and it's better than ever. The EOS 5D Mark II has a stunning 21.1-megapixel full-frame CMOS sensor with DIGIC 4 Image Processor, a vast ISO Range of 100-6400 (expandable to ISO L: 50, H1: 12800 and H2: 25600), plus EOS technologies like Auto Lighting Optimizer and Peripheral Illumination Correction. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/5dmark2_586x225.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g747]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-748" title="5dmark2_586x225" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/5dmark2_586x225-200x76.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="76" /></a><span class="overview_text">Canon&#8217;s update to the wildly popular full frame EOS 5D is here, and it&#8217;s better than ever. The EOS 5D Mark II has a stunning 21.1-megapixel full-frame CMOS sensor with DIGIC 4 Image Processor, a vast ISO Range of 100-6400 (expandable to ISO L: 50, H1: 12800 and H2: 25600), plus EOS technologies like Auto Lighting Optimizer and Peripheral Illumination Correction. It supports Live View shooting, Live View HD videos, and more. It can shoot up to 3.9 fps, has 9 AF points plus 6 AF assist points, a new 98% coverage viewfinder, a 3.0-inch Clear View LCD (920,000 dots/VGA) and a rugged build. Full-frame shooters rejoice! </span></p>
<p><span id="more-747"></span></p>
<ul>
<li>21.1 Megapixel Full-frame CMOS sensor, 14-bit A/D conversion (16,384 colors/each of 3 primary color), wide range ISO setting of 100-6400 (expandable L: 50, H1: 12800 and H2: 25600).</li>
<li>Full HD Video capture at 1920 x 1080 resolution for up to 4GB per clip with HDMI output for HD viewing of stills and video.</li>
<li>Next generation DIGIC 4 Image Processor for faster processing of fine detail and color reproduction as well as reduced image noise.</li>
<li>High performance with 3.9 fps continuous shooting, new shutter with a durability of 150,000 cycles and improved weather-resistant body.</li>
<li>Live View Function for stills (Quick, Live and Face Detection AF modes) and video.</li>
<li>3.0-inch Clear View LCD (920,000 dots/VGA) monitor with anti-reflective and scratch-resistant coatings for improved viewing and smudge protection.</li>
<li>Updated EOS Integrated Cleaning System specifically designed to work with a full-frame sensor.</li>
<li>Compatible with over 60 Canon EF/EF-S lenses and most EOS System accessories.</li>
</ul>
<p><span class="main_txt">The EOS 5D Mark II features a huge, full-frame sensor. A 21.1-megapixel CMOS sensor delivers images of up to 5616 x 3744 pixels. And since it is full-frame, all lenses will deliver the angle of view they would on a 35mm camera without a conversion factor. This comes in handy especially when shooting with wide-angle lenses. For the flexibility to shoot in even the most dimly lit situations, the EOS 5D Mark II offers Canon&#8217;s highest ISO sensitivity to date, ranging from 100-6400 (expandable to ISO L: 50, H1: 12800 and H2: 25600). Thanks to improved noise reduction technologies, images shot even at highest sensitivity will be remarkably smooth.</span></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Type</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Type</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Digital, single-lens reflex, AF/AE camera with built-in flash</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Recording Media</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">CF Card Type I and II, UDMA-compliant CF cards, via external media (USB v.2.0 hard drive, via optional Wireless File Transmitter WFT-E4A)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Image Sensor Size</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">36.0mm x 24.0mm (35mm Fll-frame)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Compatible Lenses</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Canon EF lenses<br />
(35mm-equivalent focal length is approx. 1.6x the lens focal length)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Lens Mount</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Canon EF mount</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Image Sensor</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Type</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">High-sensitivity, high-resolution, large single-plate CMOS sensor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Pixels</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Effective pixels: Approx. 21.1 megapixels</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Total Pixels</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Total pixels: Approx. 22.0 megapixels</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Aspect Ratio</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">3:2 (Horizontal: Vertical)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Color Filter System</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">RGB primary color filters</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Low-pass Filter</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Fixed position in front of the CMOS sensor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Dust Deletion feature</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">(1) Automatic sensor cleaning<br />
(2) Manual cleaning of sensor<br />
(3) Dust Delete Data appended to the captured image</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Recording System</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Recording Format</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Design rule for Camera File System 2.0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Image Type</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Still: JPEG, RAW (14-bit, Canon original), sRAW1, sRAW2, RAW+JPEG<br />
Video: MOV</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">File Size</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">(1) Large/Fine: Approx. 6.1MB (5616 x 3744 pixels)<br />
(2) Large/Nomal: Approx. 3.0MB (5616 x 3744 pixels)<br />
(3) Medium/Fine: Approx. 3.6MB (4080 x 2720 pixels)<br />
(4) Medium/Normal: Approx. 1.9MB (4080 x 2720 pixels)<br />
(5) Small/Fine: Approx. 2.1MB (2784 x 1856 pixels)<br />
(6) Small/Normal: Approx. 1.0MB (2784 x 1856 pixels)<br />
(7) RAW: Approx. 25.8MB (5616 x 3744 pixels)<br />
(8) sRAW 1: Approx. 14.8MB (3861 x 2574 pixels)<br />
(9) sRAW 2: Approx. 10.8MB (2784 x 1856 pixels)<br />
Exact file sizes depend on the subject, ISO speed, Picture Style, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Recording Functions</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">With the WFT-E4A attached, image recording to the CF card and to the USB external media connected to the WFT-E4A will be possible as follows:<br />
(1) Standard<br />
(2) Automatic switching of recording media<br />
(3) Separate recordings according to image-recording quality<br />
(4) Recording images having the same size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Backup Recording</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Enabled with WFT-E4A attached</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">File Numbering</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Consecutive numbering, auto reset, manual reset.<br />
Possible to create new folders and select folders in the CF card</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">RAW + JPEG Simultaneous Recording</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided (RAW/sRAW+JPEG also possible)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Color Space</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">sRGB, Adobe RGB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Picture Style</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Standard, Portrait, Landscape, Neutral, Faithful, Monochrome, User Def. 1-3</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Image Processing</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Type</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Auto, Daylight, Shade, Cloudy, Tungsten Light, White Fluorescent Light, Flash, Custom, Color Temperature setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Auto White Balance</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Auto white balance with the image sensor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Color Temperature Compensation</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">White balance correction: Â±9 stops in full-stop increments<br />
White balance bracketing: Â±3 stops in full-stop increments<br />
Blue/amber direction or magenta/green direction possible</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Color Temperature Information Transmission</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Viewfinder</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Type</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Eye-level pentaprism</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Coverage</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Vertical/Horizontal approx. 98%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Magnification</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Approx. 0.71x (-1m<sup>-1</sup> with 50mm lens at infinity)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Eyepoint</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Approx. 21mm (from eyepiece lens center)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Built-in Dioptric Adjustment</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">-3.0 to +1.0m<sup>-1</sup> (diopter)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Focusing Screen</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Interchangeable (Eg-D: Grid lines, Eg-S [point of Focus], Eg-A standard focusing screen provided</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Mirror</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Quick-return half mirror (transmission: reflection ratio of 40:60, no mirror cutoff with EF600mm f/4L IS USM or shorter lenses)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Viewfinder Information</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">AF information (AF points, focus confirmation light), Exposure information (shutter speed, aperture, ISO speed, AE lock, exposure level, spot metering circle), Flash information (flash ready, flash exposure compensation, High-speed sync, FE lock), Image information (Highlight tone priority, monochrome shooting, maximum burst, white balance correction, CF card information), battery information</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Depth-of-Field Preview</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Enabled with depth-of-field preview button</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Autofocus</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Type</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">TTL-CT-SIR AF-dedicated CMOS sensor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">AF Points</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">9 (Cross-type)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Metering Range</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">EV -0.5-18 (at 73Â°F/23Â°C, ISO 100)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Focusing Modes</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Auto, One-Shot AF, Predictive AI Servo AF, AI Focus AF, Manual focusing (MF)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">AF Point Selection</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Automatic selection, manual selection</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Selected AF Point Display</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Superimposed in viewfinder and indicated on LCD panel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">AF-assist Beam</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">When an external EOS-dedicated Speedlite is attached to the camera, the AF-assist beam from the Speedlite will be emitted when necessary.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Exposure Control</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Metering Modes</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">35-zone TTL full-aperture metering</p>
<ul>
<li>Evaluative metering (linkable to any AF point)</li>
<li>Partial metering (approx. 8% of viewfinder at center)</li>
<li>Spot metering (approx. 3.5% of viewfinder at center)</li>
<li>Center-weighted average metering</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Metering Range</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">EV 1-20 (at 73Â°F/23Â°C with EF50mm f/1.4 USM lens, ISO 100)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Exposure Control</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Program AE (Shiftable), Shutter-priority AE, Aperture-priority AE, Creative Auto, Full auto, Manual exposure, E-TTL II autoflash program AE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">ISO Speed (Recommended Exposure Index)</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Automatically set, ISO 100-6400 (in 1/3-stop or 1-stop increments)<br />
Basic Zone modes: ISO 100-3200 set automatically<br />
Extension settable (with C.Fn.I-3-1): ISO 50 (L), 12800 (H1), 25600 (H2)<br />
High Tone Priority settable: ISO 200-1600</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Exposure Compensation</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Manual: Â±2 stops in 1/3- or 1/2-stop increments (can be combined with AEB)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">AE Lock</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Auto: Applied in One-Shot AF mode with evaluative metering when focus is achieved<br />
Manual: By AE lock button</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Shutter</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Type</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Vertical-travel, mechanical, Electronically-controlled, focal-plane shutter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Shutter Speeds</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">1/8000 to 1/60 sec., X-sync at 1/200 sec.<br />
1/8000 to 30 sec., bulb (Total shutter speed range. Available range varies by shooting mode)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Shutter Release</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Soft-touch electromagnetic release</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Self-timer</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">10-sec. or 2-sec. delay</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Remote Control</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Remote control with N3-type terminal</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">External Speedlite</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Zooming to Match Focal Length</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Compatible Flash</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">EX-series Speedlites</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Flash Metering</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">E-TTL II autoflash</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Flash Exposure Compensation</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Â±2 stops in 1/3- or 1/2-stop increments</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">FE Lock</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">External Flash Settings</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Flash function settings, Flash C.Fn settings</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Drive System</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Drive Modes</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Single, High-speed continuous, Low-speed continuous, and Self-timer (10-sec. or 2-sec. delay)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Continuous Shooting Speed</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Max. 3.9 shots/sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Maximum Burst</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">JPEG (Large/Fine): approx. 78 (CF)/approx. 310 (UDMA CF)<br />
RAW: approx. 13/approx. 14 (UDMA CF)<br />
RAW+JPEG (Large/Fine): approx. 8 (CF/UDMA CF)<br />
Based on Canon&#8217;s testing standards with a 2GB CF card, high-speed continuous shooting, ISO 100 and Standard Picture Style<br />
Varies depending on the subject, CF card brand, image-recording quality, ISO speed, drive mode, Picture Style, etc.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Live View Functions</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Shooting Modes</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Still photo shooting and video shooting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Focusing</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Quick mode (Phase-difference detection)<br />
Live mode/Face Detection Live mode (Contrast detection)<br />
Manual focusing (5x/10x magnification possible)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Metering Modes</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Evaluative metering with the image sensor (still photos)<br />
Center-weighted average metering (video)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Metering Range</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">EV 0-20 (at 73Â°F/23Â°C with EF 50mm f/1.4 USM lens, ISO 100)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Grid Display</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided (Two-type grid displays)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Exposure Simulation</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Silent Shooting</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided (Mode 1 and 2)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">LCD Monitor</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Type</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">TFT color, liquid-crystal monitor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Monitor Size</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">3.0 in.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Dots</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Approx. 920,000 (VGA)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Coverage</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Approx. 100% (viewing angle: approx. 170Â°)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Brightness Adjustment</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Auto, 7 levels provided</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Interface Languages</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">25 (English, German, French, Dutch, Danish, Portuguese, Finnish, Italian, Norwegian, Swedish, Spanish, Greek, Russian, Polish, Czech, Hungarian, 15/15 Romanian, Ukraine, Turkish, Arabic, Thai, Simplified/Traditional Chinese, Korean, Japanese)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Image Playback</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Display Format</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Single image, Single image + Image-recording quality/shooting information, histogram, 4- or 9-image index, magnified view (approx. 1.5x-10x), rotated image (auto/manual), image jump (by 10/100 images, index screen, by shooting date, by folder), slide show (all images/selected by date/folder)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Highlight Warning</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided (Overexposed highlights blink)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Image Protection and Erase</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Protect</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Single images can be erase-protected or not</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Erase</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Single image, check-marked images or all images in the CF card can be erased (except protected images)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Direct Printing</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Compatible Printers</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">PictBridge-compatible printers</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Printable Images</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">JPEG images compliant to Design rule for Camera File System (DPOF printing possible) and RAW/sRAW images captured with the EOS 5D Mark II</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Easy Print feature</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">DPOF: Digital Print Order Format</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">DPOF</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Version 1.1 compatible</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Direct Image Transfer</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Compatible Images</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">JPEG and RAW images<br />
Only JPEG images can be transferred as wallpaper on the personal computer screen</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Customization</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Custom Functions</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Total 25</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Camera User Settings</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Register under Mode Dial&#8217;s C1 and C3 positions</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">My Menu Registration</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Interface</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">USB Terminal</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">For personal computer communication and direct printing (USB 2.0 Hi-Speed)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Video Out Terminal</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">(1) Video OUT terminal: NTSC/PAL selectable<br />
(2) HDMI mini OUT terminal</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Extension System Terminal</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">For connection to WFT-E4A</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Power Source</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Battery</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">One Battery Pack LP-E6<br />
AC power can be supplied via AC Adapter Kit ACK-E6 with Battery Grip BG-E6 attached.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Battery Check</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Power Saving</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Provided. Power turns off after 1, 2, 4, 8, 15 or 30 min.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Date/Time Battery</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">One CR1616 lithium-ion battery</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Start-up Time</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Approx. 0.1 sec.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Dimensions and Weight</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Dimensions (WxHxD)</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Approx. 6.0 x 4.5 x 3.0 in./152.0 x 113.5 x 75.0mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Weight</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Approx. 28.6 oz./810g (body only)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3"><!-- Group Title STARTS --></p>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_header" colspan="2">Operating Environment</td>
</tr>
<p><!-- Group Title ENDS --></p>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Working Temperature Range</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">32-104Â°F/0-40Â°C</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top">Working Humidity Range</td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">85% or less</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line STARTS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="28"><img src="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" alt="" width="529" height="1" /></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><!-- Separator Line ENDS --></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="1" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td class="spec_name" width="116" valign="top"></td>
<td class="spec_value" valign="top">Note: All the specifications above are based on Canon&#8217;s testing standards.<br />
The camera&#8217;s specifications and exterior are subject to change without notice.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><span class="data">The Canon EOS 5D is slated to ship towards the end of November 2008 at an expected street price of US$2699 in the U.S.</span></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=747&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/16/canon-announces-eos-5d-mark-ii/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/5dmark2_586x225-140x53.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/5dmark2_586x225.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">5dmark2_586x225</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/5dmark2_586x225-140x53.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://www.usa.canon.com/sys/images/dot_line_sm.gif" medium="image" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=747&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using manual flashes with PC Sync</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/11/using-manual-flashes-with-pc-sync/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/11/using-manual-flashes-with-pc-sync/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 11 Sep 2008 13:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shooting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Adjustments]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[canon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DSLR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lighting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Meter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pc sync]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pictures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stop]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[StrobeLite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[StrobeLites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[studio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=719</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have done a number of articles with different flash heads but we have never gone into the detail of how to set them up and make them work, this results in emails that we sit and explain all the details to people. So today I am going to go through how to setup these studio flashes and connect them to your camera to get the results you want.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-520" title="img_5437" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437-300x270.jpg" alt="" width="210" height="189" /></a>We have done a number of articles with different flash heads but we have never gone into the detail of how to set them up and make them work, this results in emails that we sit and explain all the details to people. So today I am going to go through how to setup these studio flashes and connect them to your camera to get the results you want.</p>
<p><span id="more-719"></span>First off you need to realize that studio flashes like the PhotoBasics StrobeLites are not automatic like the on-board or accessory flash on your camera. A studio light doesn&#8217;t know what you are trying to do and will not adjust itself for the camera settings you have dialed in. You also need a means of firing the lights off when you press the shutter, all that and more will be covered in this article.</p>
<h3>Connecting the lights to your camera</h3>
<div id="attachment_721" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0575.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-721" title="img_0575" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0575-200x133.jpg" alt="PC Sync port on Canon 30D" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">PC Sync port on Canon 30D</p></div>
<p>The first thing we need to do is to connect the lights to your camera, for this we are going to need what is called a PC Sync port. On most Canon DSLR&#8217;s the PC Sync port is on the left side of the camera under a rubber flap. In the image here you can see the PC Sync port and the end of a PC Sync cable. In my typical setup I will have the main light plugged into the PC Sync port to fire it and the other lights will automatically fire at the same time because they have a built-in optical slave that will fire the flash when another flash is detected. Since this happens far faster then the mechanical shutter, the effect is that all of the lights fire at exactly the same. There is a limit of how fast the lights will sync to the camera but we will address that in a moment.</p>
<div id="attachment_723" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 150px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/safesync.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-723" title="safesync" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/safesync-140x140.jpg" alt="Weim Hot Shoe Adapter" width="140" height="140" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Weim Hot Shoe Adapter</p></div>
<p>If you are unlucky enough to not have a PC Sync port on your camera then you will need to purchase a hot shoe adapter. The recommended one is the Weim Hot Shoe Adapter which sells for about $50 at most places. This will got into your camera&#8217;s hot shoe (when an acessory flash plugs in) and has a PC Sync output port on it.</p>
<p>As I mentioned, the lights do have an optical slave so they will fire when another flash is used so you may think you can just use the flash that is built into your camera to fire off the big lights. While this will work to an extent, the problem is that unless you know how to adjust your flash&#8217;s output compensation, the flash is going to fire at a level that your camera expects will be correct for the given light, when the big lights fire along with the built-in flash, your subject will no be over-lit and the scene becomes overexposed.</p>
<div id="attachment_722" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0576.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-722" title="img_0576" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0576-200x133.jpg" alt="Rear view of StrobeLite" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Rear view of StrobeLite</p></div>
<p>The opposite end of the PC Sync cord plugs into the back of the light. In this image you can see the 1/8th inch mini plug port on the bottom right hand area of the strobe head.Â With the camera and the lights connected, you are all ready to take some amazing images right?</p>
<p>If ONLY it was that easy. Now actually comes the hard part, figuring out how to get the light set right for a proper exposure. Hang in there, it won&#8217;t hurt too much.</p>
<h3>Getting the lighting right</h3>
<div id="attachment_720" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0582.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-720" title="img_0582" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0582-200x133.jpg" alt="Output Adjustment Dial" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Output Adjustment Dial</p></div>
<p>Nice, quality studio lights make your lighting easier right? I wish! In the last section I explained that your on-board or accessory flash will meter the scene and use the appropriate output for the exposure metering, not so with studio lights, at this point you are full manual.</p>
<p>On the flash will be an adjust dial to control the amount of light output. On the StrobeLites this goes from full power down to 1/4 power given you two stops of light output control. If you have a light meter and know how to use it, you have all the tools you need to get the shot right the first time. If you don&#8217;t have a light meter then you will need to continue reading.</p>
<p>Since I shoot with he same lights, in the same studio, with the same basic setup the vast majority of the time I know the basic light setup that will work without have to take too many test shots, I can usually get it dialed in within about three shots. Â A key thing to note is that your meter in your camera is basically worthless at this point. You are going to want to shoot in manual mode otherwise the camera is going to try to adjust your settings for the metered light. In manual mode you have total control. So where should you start?</p>
<p>For most of my pictures I start with the following basic settings:</p>
<p>ISO: 200<br />
f/Stop: 11<br />
<span style="line-height: 8px;">Shutter Speed: 1/200th second</span></p>
<p>In fact, those are the exact settings I used for the previous pictures in this article so far. Why these particular settings? For one, I like shooting at ISO 200, I like the results I get at that speed, f/11 is my normal aperture setting unless I am going for a particular depth of field effect. That leaves two ways to adjust the amount of light I need. I can either adjust the shutter speed or adjust the light output of the flash. You may think that you may want to go with a faster shutter speed to make sure you dont introduce any camera blur but in most cases you can&#8217;t shoot any faster than 1/200th or 1/250th depending on your lights/camera combination. With the PhotoBasics StrobeLites and a Canon 30D, I have never had an issue at 1/250th but I like the extra margin of safety of using 1/200th. Let&#8217;s take a look at what happens if you shoot faster.</p>
<div id="attachment_724" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0586.jpg" rel="wp-prettyPhoto[g719]"><img class="size-medium wp-image-724" title="img_0586" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0586-200x133.jpg" alt="Out of Sync Image" width="200" height="133" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Out of Sync Image</p></div>
<p>The image shown here was shot at 1/640th of a second, while this would be perfect safe if I was using the Canon 580 EX flash, the StrobeLites cannot sync with the camera at that speed so what happens is that the strobe went off too late causing the image to be partially cutoff by the closing of the shutter mechanism. Because of this issue we are limited to speeds of 1/200th or less so I usually will stick it at 1/200th and be done. That leaves adjust the light output higher if I need more light or using a lower output or a slower shutter speed if I need less light. Knowing that the only things I will need to adjust are my light output or shutter speed I have really reduced my possible settings from a handful down to basically one, and its either shutter speed or light output.</p>
<p>Since most of my shots are product shots, the lights are generally pretty close to the objects so I will start at a very low power output of the flash, if its too bright at the lowest setting and I am already at 1/200th of a second the only way to cut down on the light being captured is to move to a smaller aperture setting like f/22. If the light isn&#8217;t enough I can just reach up and dial in more light or use a slower shutter speed.</p>
<p>With a little practice and a handful of confidence, you will be getting your lighting dialed in within a few shots. Take your picture and then look at the histogram of the image on your LCD of your camera to double-check the exposure. If its too dark, bump up the light, if its clipped out, dial down the light. Nothing will beat just a bunch of practice with your own lights/camera/lenses/environment to get you familair with how your lighting setup will work the best and soon you too will be able to get it dialed in perfectly within just a few quick test shots.</p>
<p>Author:Â <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com/" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<table border="0">
<colgroup>
<col></col>
<col></col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="background-color: #d0d0d0;" colspan="2"><strong>Equipment Used</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera</td>
<td>Canon 30D</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lights</td>
<td><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/09/photo-basics-strobelite-review/">Photo Basics Strobelite</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Capture Device</td>
<td><span style="color: #333333;"><a href="http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/02/wolverine-esp-digital-photo-album-and-multimedia-player/">Wolverine ESP</a></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Processing Software</td>
<td>Adobe Photoshop Lightroom</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=719&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/09/11/using-manual-flashes-with-pc-sync/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437-150x135.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_5437</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/img_5437-150x135.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0575.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0575</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">PC Sync port on Canon 30D</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0575-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/safesync.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">safesync</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Weim Hot Shoe Adapter</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/safesync-140x140.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0576.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0576</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Rear view of StrobeLite</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0576-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0582.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0582</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Output Adjustment Dial</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0582-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0586.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_0586</media:title>
			<media:description type="html">Out of Sync Image</media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/img_0586-140x93.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=719&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using your flashâ€™s guide number</title>
		<link>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/19/using-your-flash%e2%80%99s-guide-number/</link>
		<comments>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/19/using-your-flash%e2%80%99s-guide-number/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 19 Jul 2008 14:25:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>KerryG</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Lighting Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[aperture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[distance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exposure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[flash]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gn]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[light]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[shutter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Strobe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://cameradojo.com/?p=585</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you have ever shopped for a flash or read a review, you may have noticed a section of the spec called the guide number or GN. While this value is a measurement of power that the flash has and allows you to compare flash models, is this number useful to you at all? In this article we dig into the guide number and see how we can use this number help us dial in our flash and camera settings using some math instead of just guessing and retrying until you get what you want.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-589 alignright" title="img_9575" src="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_9575-150x95.jpg" alt="" width="150" height="95" align="right" />If you have ever shopped for a flash or read a review, you may have noticed a section of the spec called the guide number or GN. While this value is a measurement of power that the flash has and allows you to compare flash models, is this number useful to you at all? In this article we dig into the guide number and see how we can use this number help us dial in our flash and camera settings using some math instead of just guessing and retrying until you get what you want. Using the information presented in this article you should be able to use the guide number to calculate the best f/stop setting as well as determine the maximum range that your flash can be effective at.</p>
<p><span id="more-585"></span></p>
<p><strong>Do I need to know this?</strong><br />
If you are always using your flash in automatic modes, you may never need to know much about guide numbers but in manual modes, if you don&#8217;t have a flash meter, understanding how guide numbers work can be a powerful tool in helping you to get your lighting setup faster. Many older flashes even have built-in guides to help you calculate the aperture setting for a given distance.</p>
<p><strong>Using the guide number to determine aperture</strong><br />
At the end of this article is a link to an Excel preadsheet that will do much of the work for you as well as containing the guide numbers for a handful of popular flash heads. First off you should understand the math behind it and how to read the guide number information for your own equipment.</p>
<p>Some flash devices will simply have a single guide number value while others may have different numbers at different ranges and even ISO settings so you need to pay attention when reading the guide number. Let&#8217;s take a look at a typical flash setup. A Canon 580 EX II flash has a listed guide number of 191, if we divide the guide number by the distance in feet we should get a good estimate of the aperture to use. In this example we will use a distance to the subject of 30 feet.</p>
<p style="text-align: center">Guide Number / Distance = Aperture<br />
191/ 30 = 6.3</p>
<p>The closest aperture setting on my Canon 30D to that is f5.6 so that would be an appropriate aperture to use if I was using ISO 100. If I was using a higher ISO number then I could use a smaller aperture.  The following chart shows the multiple factor for common ISO speeds:<br />
<strong></strong></p>
<p><strong>ISO Multiplier Table</strong><br />
ISO 100: 1.0<br />
ISO 200: 1.44<br />
ISO 400: 2.07<br />
ISO 800: 2.99<br />
ISO 1600: 4.30<br />
ISO 3200: 6.19</p>
<p>To expand on the previous calculation, we can add in the ISO to give us more aperture options. Using the same guide number and distance while adding the ISO, let&#8217;s see how this affects our aperture setting:</p>
<p style="text-align: center">(Guide Number / Distance) * ISO Multiplier = Aperture<br />
(191/ 30) * 1.0 = 6.3<br />
(191/ 30) * 1.44 = 9.1<br />
(191 / 30) * 2.07 = 13.1<br />
(191 / 30) * 2.99  =19.0</p>
<p>The most common question now is how to determine the distance to your subject without measuring it with a tape. Most lenses will have a distance readout that will show you the distance to your subject once you focus on it. Just press your shutter half way down while aiming at the subject, take your finger off the shutter, and then look at the distance readout. We aren&#8217;t aiming at hyper-accuracy here since the aperture settings in your camera aren&#8217;t going to exactly match the calculations but we are trying to get as close as possible and avoid a lot of trial and error. Using this information you should be able to get your light dialed in much faster than just by guessing.</p>
<p><strong>Determining Maximum Flash Distance</strong><br />
Using a similar method we can also determine the maximum distance your flash can be effective at, this is extremely useful when trying to determine if you can light up a person on a stage from the back of an auditorium for example. The calculation for this is the guide number divided by the f/stop, and again the ISO value can be used here as well. In this example we will use the guide number of a Canon 580 EX II (58) and an f/stop of 5.6.</p>
<p style="text-align: center">(Guide Number / f/stop) * ISO = Max Distance<br />
(191/ 5.6) * 1.0 = 34&#8242;<br />
(191 / 5.6) * 1.44 = 49&#8242;<br />
(191 / 5.6) * 2.07= 70&#8242;<br />
(191 / 5.6) * 2.99 = 102&#8242;</p>
<p>Since the f/stop and the ISO determine how much light enters the camera, you see how using a larger aperture (lower number) and a higher ISO can really affect the range of your flash. Let&#8217;s compare the difference between f/5.6 and f/2.8 as an example:</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">GN 191@ f/5.6  100 ISO  = 34&#8242;<br />
GN 191 @ f/5.6  200 ISO  = 49&#8242;</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">GN 191 @ f/2.8  100 ISO  = 68&#8242;<br />
GN 191 @ f/2.8  200 ISO  = 98&#8242;</p>
<p>These calculations will help you determine if a long distance shot is even possible or if you need to bring in additional light. If you are too far from the subject for your light to be effective, you could place your light closer to the subject and fire it with a wireless trigger, this would allow you to shoot from a distance but get the desired light effect.</p>
<p><strong><br />
Summary</strong><br />
I know this can seem a little intimidating at first but understanding these concepts will help you get your lighting technique under control much faster and help make sure you can get the shots you want. You can even use the calculations to build a custom &#8220;cheat sheet&#8221; for your particular flash that can print out and keep as a handy reference. The spreadsheet that we have made available for you has both the f/stop and maximum distance calculators but has a second worksheet that will create the cheat sheet for you by simply changing the guide number on the first line to match your flash device&#8217;s output.</p>
<p>Calculation Spreadsheet [ <a href="/files/Guide_Number_Chart.xls">Download</a> ]</p>
<p>Author: <a href="http://kerrygarrison.com" target="_blank">Kerry Garrison</a></p>
<img src="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&id=585&type=feed" alt="" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://cameradojo.com/2008/07/19/using-your-flash%e2%80%99s-guide-number/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
	
		<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_9575-150x95.jpg" />
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_9575.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">img_9575</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="http://cameradojo.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/img_9575-150x95.jpg" />
		</media:content>
		<media:content url="http://cameradojo.com/?ak_action=api_record_view&amp;id=585&amp;type=feed" medium="image" />
	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

